Michael Riedel d/qf/09.04/2000 Wir haben das Know-how für ...1/2 In general The stated technical...

Michael Riedel

2004

Transformatorenbau GmbH

Tra

nsf

orm

ato

ren

ba

u G

mb

H

Michael RiedelTransformatorenbau GmbHMax-Eyth-Straße 10 · D-74532 Ilshofen-Eckartshausen

Telefon (0 79 04) 7 04-0 · Fax (0 79 04) 7 04 50www.riedel-trafobau.de · [email protected]

rd/q

f/09.

04/2

000

Wi

r

ha

be

n

da

s

Kn

ow

-h

ow

f

ür

Q

ua

li

tä

t

Wi

r

ha

be

n

da

s

Kn

ow

-h

ow

f

ür

Q

ua

li

tä

t

Pro

duk

tion:

ww

w.q

uerf

orm

at.in

fo

2004

Introduction

Michael RiedelTransformatorenbau GmbH

2005

Wi

r

ha

be

n

da

s

Kn

ow

-h

ow

f

ür

Q

ua

li

tä

t

1/1

Introduction Customer informationIn generalRegulations and directivesTechnical explanationsTerms of sale and delivery

Product group Single-phase transformers Control transformers / stock rangePower transformersIsolation transformersSafety transformersMiniaturized transformersUniversal control transformersAnti-interference transformers with special screeningHigh-power transformersSpeed regulatorsPortable transformers

Product group Three-phase transformers Speed regulators in V-circuitPower transformersIsolation transformersSafety transformersDry-type transformersStarter-transformers

Product group Single-phase D.C. power supplies Single-phase (rectifier) transformersSingle-phase compact rectifier transformersSingle-phase compact power packs, non-stabilized and stabilizedSingle-phase switch power packs stabilized, primary- and secondary switched

Single-phase battery chargers Single-phase battery chargers

UPS D.C.-UPS-modules

Others Power supplies with back-up batteryVoltage monitoring modules

Product group Three-phase D.C. power supplies Three-phase compact rectifier transformersThree-phase universal compact rectifier transformersThree-phase compact rectifier transformers, coveredThree-phase compact rectifier transformers, in housingThree-phase switch power packs stabilized, primary- and secondary switched

Three-phase battery chargers Three-phase battery chargers

UPS D.C.-UPS-modules

Product group Variable ratio ring transformers Single-phase variable ratio ring transformersThree-phase variable ratio ring transformersMotor drivesAccessoriesVoltage stabilizers electro-motorial

Product group Chokes Single-phase line chokes Single-phase twin-line chokesThree-phase filter circuit chokesThree-phase line chokes

Product group Other products Transformers for medical roomsHousingsInrush current limiters

ABCDEFG

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 1

1/2

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 2

1/11/1

Welcome at Riedel!

How to get there:

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 1

1/2

In general

The stated technical explanations indicate many application areas besides also valid special and exceptional rules. Thefollowing is intended as a short introduction into the complex subject.

CE markThe council of the European Community (EC) has issued EC-directives basing on the founding contract of the Europe-an Economy Community (EEC), in particular article 100. EC-directives serve to adapt legal and administrative rules inthe diverse European Union (EU) member states whenever differences in national rules cause commercial handicapsor in any other way obstruct EU-interior market. The directives are to be translated into national law by respective natio-nal legislative authorities within a given deadline. Manufacturers must CE mark their products to demonstrate confor-mity once products fall within certain EC-directives. Concerned are all products contained in the 'new conception' di-rectives (decree May 8, 1985), which state requirements for technical condition.

CE mark: Communautés Européennes

EC-directives are obligatory legal rules within the European Union and meeting these requirements are preconditionfor any product sale in Europe. The remaining world trade market is not affected. As soon as a product is CE marked, itindicates its conformity with respective fundamental requirements of all relevant directives. The CE mark merely is a di-rective conformity proof for supervisory authorities. Quite often it is misinterpreted as a 'quality symbol' though and the-refore frequently requested, yet lacking any legal basis.

As such we refrain from printing the CE mark as a marketing tool in our catalogue and brochures. EC-directives mustbe adhered to as a matter of course by all manufacturers or importers.

Although manufacturers must provide EC conformity declarations only for the supervisory authority (for at least 10years counting from last delivery date) our customers may certainly request a respective copy.

The directive in question is stated in each respective product's EC conformity declaration. The most frequent directivesconcerning our product spectrum are:

1. Low tension directive (73/23/EEC) for electric appliances in rated voltages between 50 VAC and 1000 VAC and between75VDC and 1500VDC.

Title: Directive by council for adaptation of legal rules among member states pertaining electric appliances for applica-tion within certain voltage limits 73/23/EEC, Feb. 19, 1973.

Just about all Riedel products fall within the scope of the low tension directive. Conformity with directive's protection re-quirements for each electric appliance, device, each system and each equipment must be confirmed by the manufac-turer via EC conformity declaration and product or packing must be marked with EC conformity mark CE.

2.EMC directive (89/336/EEC) for devices which can cause electromagnetic interference or of which operation can beimpaired by such interference.

Title: Directive by council for adaptation of legal rules among member states pertaining electromagnetic compatibility89/336/EEC, May 03, 1989.

Legal basis:

On May 03, 1989, the council of the European Community (EC) issued an obligatory directive to adapt legal rules in itsmember states. The Federal Republic of Germany has translated same into national law November 09, 1992 by virtueof law about electromagnetic compatibility (EMVG). The settlement authority for mail and telecommunication (formerlyBAPT) and their branch offices have been appointed for it's enforcement (supervision).

1/2

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 2

1/31/3

Definition, according to excerpt from article 1:

"Electromagnetic compatibility" is the ability of an apparatus, appliance or system, to operate satisfactory in an electro-magnetic environment and not creating electromagnetic interference itself which would be unacceptable for any ap-paratus, appliance or system present in this environment.

Norm scope, according to excerpt from article 2:

The directive is valid for equipment able to cause electromagnetic interference or of which operation can be impairedby such interference.

Information:

"Equipment" (according to article 1) are all electrical and electronic apparatuses, appliances and systems containingelectrical and/or electronic components.

Principle of procedure:

As of Jan. 01, 1992 (transition time until Dec. 31, 1995) only such electrical and electronic equipment, system and appli-ance may be traded with or put into operation in the European Union that meets EMC-protection requirements laiddown in the directive. Conformity with directive's protection requirements for each electric appliance, each system andeach equipment must be confirmed by the manufacturer via EC conformity declaration and the product must be mar-ked with an EC conformity mark CE.

Components without obligatory mark:

The definition component within the meaning of EMC-directive is any element to be installed in equipment, yet in itselfnot possessing a function and not destined to be used by ultimate customers. According to EMC-directive, article 1,components are not equipment and therefore not touched by the directive.

Examples:

a. components (for pcb, units, switch cabinets), as integrated components not obligatory CE marked - for example re-sistors, capacitors, inductivities, integrated circuits, chokes, transformers

b. components obligatory CE marked (incl. cabinet and protected against accidental contact), which are independent-ly operable and/or for sale to ultimate customers - for example plug-in power supplies, battery chargers, personalcomputers, test sets and meters, isolating transformers for construction sites or service, transformers for halogenlamps

NormsThe norm scope concerning inductivities has simplified resp. will simplify.

The essential norms for the manufacture of dry-type transformers (safety and isolating transformers, formerly DIN VDE0551 / EN 60742; control and power transformers, formerly DIN VDE 0550) have been integrated into the new normstructure DIN VDE 0570 / EN 61558.

Special inductivities, for example transformers for switch power packs, are treated separately in the directive.

We adapt all concerned products within transition deadlines.

If not agreed otherwise, we manufacture in "uptodate technical standard" complying to norms as stated on each cata-logue page on headline or complying to norms on overleaf pages.

Standard stock items can be delivered within transition deadlines in the norm valid at manufacturing date and applied by youwithout problem.

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 3

1/4

DIN VDE 0100Erection of power installations with rated voltagesup to 1000V

DIN VDE 0100 part 410 (01.97)Erection of power installations with rated voltagesup to 1000VProtection against electric shock

DIN VDE 0105 part 1 (10.97)Operation of power installations; general specifications

DIN VDE 0106 part 100 (03.83)Protection against electric shock;actuating members positioned close to partsliable to shock

DIN VDE 0107 (10.94)Electrical installations in hospitals and locations formedical use outside hospitals

DIN VDE 0108 part 1 (10.89)Power installations and safety power supplies incommunal facilities; general

DIN VDE 0110 part 1 (04.97)Insulation coordination for electrical equipment within low-voltage systems - Principles require-ments and tests

IEC 204-1 / EN 60204 part 1 / DIN VDE 0113 part 1(11.98)Electrical equipment of industrial machines; general requirements

DIN VDE 0118 part 1 (11.01)Erection of electrical installations in mines -Generalrequirements

DIN VDE 0160 (04.98)Electronic equipment for use in power installa-tions

EN 50014 / DIN VDE 0170/0171 part 1 (02.00)Electrical apparatus for potentially explosive atmospheres - general requirements

EN 50019 (1978) / DIN VDE 0170/0171 part 6(06.01)Electrical apparatus for potentially explosiveatmospheres - increased safety "e"

EN 50020 (1978) / DIN VDE 0170/0171 part 7(04.96)Electrical apparatus for potentially explosiveatmospheres - intrinsic safety "i"

DIN VDE 0220 part 1 (11.71)Specifications for detachable cable clamps to be used in power cable installations up to 1000V

IEC 112 (1979) / DIN VDE 0303 part 1 (06.84)Method for determining the comparative and the proof tracking indices of solid insulating materialsunder moist conditions

IEC 529 (1989) / DIN VDE 0470 part 1 (09.00)Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code)

DIN VDE 0550 part 3 (12.69)Particular requirements for control transformers aswell as for mains-supply and insulating transformersabove 1000V

DIN VDE 0532 part 6 (01.94)Transformers and reactors - dry-type power trans-formersEN 60289 / DIN VDE 0532 part 20 (05.94)Reactors

DIN VDE 0532 part 21 (03.82)Transformers and reactors - Starting transfor-mers and starting reaktors

DIN VDE 0532 part 23 (08.94)Transformers and reactors - stationary trans-formers in traction systems

EN 60076-1 / DIN VDE 0532 part 101 (12.97)Power transformers - general

EN 60950 / DIN VDE 0805 (12.01)Safety for equipment of the information technique

DIN VDE 0558 part 1 (07.87)Semiconductors - converters

EN 61558-1 / DIN VDE 0570 part 1 (07.98)Safety of power transformers, power supply unitsand similar - general requirements and tests

EN 61558-2-1 / DIN VDE 0570 part 2-1 (07.98)Safety of power transformers, power supply unitsand similar - particular requirements for separa-ting transformers for general use

EN 61558-2-2 / DIN VDE 0570 part 2-2 (10.98)Safety of power transformers, power supply unitsand similar - particular requirements for controltransformers

EN 61558-2-4 / DIN VDE 0570 part 2-4 (07.98)Safety of power transformers, power supply unitsand similar - particular requirements for isolatingtransformers for general use

EN 61558-2-6 / DIN VDE 0570 part 2-6 (07.98)Safety of power transformers, power supply unitsand similar - particular requirements for safetyisolating transformers for general use

EN 61558-2-13 / DIN VDE 0570 part 2-13 (08.00)Safety of power transformers, power supply unitsand similar - particular requirements for autotransformers for general use

EN 61558-2-15 / DIN VDE 0570 part 2-15 (11.01)Particular requirements for isolating transformersfor medical rooms

EN 61558-2-17 / DIN VDE 0570 part 2-17 (07.98)Safety of power transformers, power supply unitsand similar - particular requirements for trans-formers for switch mode power supplies

EN 61558-2-19 / DIN VDE 0570 part 2-19 (09.01)Particular requirements for interference reductiontransformers

EN 61558-2-20 / DIN VDE 0570 part 2-20 (04.01)Particular requirements for miniaturized reactors

EN 50091-1-2 / DIN VDE 0558 part 512 (05.99)Uninterruptible power systems (UPS) - general andsafety requirements for UPS used in restricted access location

1/4

Norm referencesDIN EN 60999/VDE 0609 part 1 (12.00)Connecting devices - safety requirements forscrew-type and screwless-type clamping unitsfor electrical copper conductors

IEC 445DIN 42404Terminal markings for transformers, safety trans-formers, variable transformers, small reactors

IEC 947-7-1 (1989) EN 60947-7-1 (1991) /DIN VDE 0611 part 1 (08.92)Low-voltage switchgear and controlgearPart 7: ancillary equipment, terminal blocks for copper conductors

DIN VDE 0611 part 3 (05.00)Modular terminal blocks for connection of copperconductors; protective conductor terminal blocksfor copper conductors

DIN VDE 0635 (02.84)Low-voltage fuses -D-fuses E 16 up to 25 A, 500 V;D-fuses up to 100A, 750 V;D-fuses up to 100A, 500 V

EN 60947-1/VDE 0660 part 100 (12.99)Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear - general rules

IEC 439-1 / EN 60439-1 /DIN VDE 0660 part 500 (08.00)Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assem-blies; requirements for type-tested and partially type-tested assemblies

DIN EN 60127-2DIN VDE 0820 part 2 (09.01)Miniature fuses - Cartridge fuse-links

EN 50 022 (1977) / DIN EN 50022 (05.78)Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear for industrial use; mounting rails, top hat rails 35 mmwide for snap-on mounting of equipment

EN 50 035 (1978) / DIN EN 50035 (04.80)Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear for industrial use; mounting rails; mounting rails forterminal blocks

EN 50 045 (1980) / DIN EN 50045 (04.82)Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear for industrial use; mounting rails, top hat rails 15 mmwide for mounting of terminal blocks

DIN EN 50081-1 (03.93)Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - genericemission standard - residential, commercial andlight industry (VDE 0839 part 81-1)

DIN EN 50081-2 (03.94)Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - genericemission standard - part 2: industrial environment(VDE 0839 part 81-2)

DIN EN 50082-1 (11.97)Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - generic immunity standard - residential, commercial andlight industry (VDE 0839 part 82-1)

DIN EN 61000-6-2 (03.00)Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - genericimmunity standard - industrial range (VDE 0839part 6-2)

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 4

1/51/5

DIN EN 61000-3-2 (12.01) / VDE 0838 part 2Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - limits forharmonic current emissions

IEC 38 (1983) / DIN IEC 38 (05.87)IEC-standard voltages

IEC 326-3 (1980) / IEC 326-3A (1982)DIN IEC 326 part 3 (03.85)Printed circuits, circuit boards, design and use ofcircuit boards

IEC 352-1 (1983)DIN IEC 352 part 1 (05.87)Solderless electric connections, wire-wrap con-nections, general requirements, testing methodsand practical guidance

IEC 760 (1989) /DIN IEC 760 (04.91), draft, rectangular cable connections

DIN 40802 part 2 (02.76)Metal laminated base materials for printed circuits, types

IEC 740 / DIN 41302Laminations for transformers and inductivities foruse in telecommunication and electronic equip-ment

DIN 41571Instrument fuses Fuse links 250 V, interchangeable

DIN 41576Instrument fuses Indicating fuse links 250 V, interchangeable

DIN 41611 part 4 (04.86)Solderless electrical connections, clip connec-tions, terminology, requirements, tests

IEC 512-3 (1976) / DIN 41640 part 3 (07.84)Testing procedures and measuring methods forelectromechanical components;Test 5 b: current-carrying capacity

IEC 127 (1974) / DIN 41660 (05.79)Instrument fuses Fuse links 5 mm x 20 mm, quick, high breakingcapacity

IEC 127 (1974) / DIN 41661 (05.79)Instrument fuses Fuse links 5 mm x 20 mm, quick, low breaking capacity

IEC 127 (1974) / DIN 41661 (05.79)Instrument fuses Fuse links 5 mm x 20 mm, slow, low breaking capacity

IEC 127 (1974) / DIN 41668 (05.79)Instrument fuses Fuse links 6,3 mm x 32 mm, quick, low breakingcapacity

DIN 43714 (06.79)Measuring, control; electric temperature detec-tors; compensating leads for thermocouples

DIN 46234 (03.80)Cable sockets for solderless connections; ring-shape without protective sleeve for copper conductors

DIN 46237 (07.70)Crimp-type cable sockets for solderless connections, insulated, for copper conductors

DIN 46247Pin bushings without protective sleeve

IEC 304 (1982) / DIN 47002 (08.87)Colors for low frequency cables and wires

DIN 49515 (12.83)D-fuse links D II, D III, D IV H, 500 V

DIN 49522 (04.81)D-fuse links D 01, D 02, D 03, 380 V, 250 V ~

DIN 49360D-fuses

ISO/DIS 8820 (1988) / DIN 72581 part 3 (08.87)Fuses for low voltage installations; blade type fuse links

VBG 4 (04.79)Electrical installations and appliances

Single-phase control transformer,C

®�-approved type RSTN ULUL-No. E 164203 M (USA + Canada)

Single-phase control transformer,with special screening type RSSTDGBM

Single-phase control transformer,EEx e II - approved type RSTEKEMA-No. Ex-95.D.3337.U

Custom made:Increased safety,application in weaving machines

Custom made:16 2/3 Hz - 51 Hz, vibration resistanceup to 3 G,application in trains

Custom made:Safety supply,application in automotive industry

Examples from series production

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 5

1/6

Conversion of low-voltage systems comp. to DIN IEC 38DIN IEC 38 "IEC- standard voltages" has determined to replace previous standard voltages 220V/380V and240V/415V by standardized voltages 230V/400V.

Public power supply companies have largely completed their conversion to the new standardized voltages.

Accordingly, Riedel has converted all series products to the new standardized voltages and voltage tolerances.

All Riedel transformers and power packs featuring the old standard voltages 220V/380V can also be operated withoutimpairment on mains with 230V/400V. The output voltage proportionally increases very slightly.

All Riedel standard products feature +-5% tappings allowing voltage adaptation to the new mains.

1/6

Limit values for rated direct voltage comp. to DIN EN 61131-2 / part 2 (05.95)Riedel power packs provide electronic controls with the permissible operational voltage independent from load and line voltage fluctuations comp. to DIN IEC 38. Thanks to close magnetic coupling and a generous design, Riedel powerpacks provide a stable voltage remaining within limit values for direct voltages laid down in DIN EN 61131-2.

Excerpt from the norm:

Rated value (Ue) 24VDC: -15%/+20% tolerance (min-max)

Rated value (Ue) 48VDC: -15%/+20% tolerance (min-max)

Annotation 1: Apart from voltage tolerances a total alternating voltage component with peak value of 5% of rated vol-tage is permissible. Absolute limits are: 30/19,2V direct voltage for 24V direct voltage and 60/38,4V di-rect voltage for 48V direct voltage.

until 1987

from 1988until 2003

from 2003onwards

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 6

1/71/7

Protection systemsProtection systems are indicated by abbreviations always starting with code letters IP followed by two code numbersfor the protection rate (comp. to EN 60529).

Protection ratings for protection against accidental contact and foreign bodies

First Protection degreecodeno. Designation Definition

0 No protection No special protection of persons against direct contact with active parts.No protection against penetration of solid foreign bodies.

2 Protection against me- Protection against finger contact with active parts.dium-sized foreign bodies Protection against penetration of solid foreign bodies (diameter greater 12 mm).

4 Protection against grain Protection against contact with active parts via tools, wires or similar with a thickness greater 1 mm.shaped foreign bodies Protection against penetration of solid foreign bodies (diameter greater 1 mm).

5 Protection against Full protection against contact with active parts.dust deposits Protection against harmful dust deposits. Dust penetration is not entirely prevented, but must not

impair function.

6 Protection against Full protection against contact with active parts.dust penetration Protection against dust penetration.

Protection ratings for water protection

Second Protection degreecodeno. Designation Definition

0 No protection No particular protection

1 Protection against Water drops striking vertical must have no harmful effect.water drops falling vertical

3 Protection against Water falling at any angle up to 60° from the vertical must have no harmful effect.spraying water

4 Protection against Water splashing from any direction must have no harmful effect.splashing water

5 Protection against Water projected by a nozzle against transformer from any direction must have no harmful effect.water jets

6 Protection at Water must not penetrate transformer in harmful quantities at temporary overflow.overflow

7 Protection at Water must not penetrate in harmful quantities when transformer is immersion immersed in water within laid down pressure and time conditions.

. . . bar

For firedamp and explosion-proof transformers initials SCH respectively EX are used also.

Protection classesProtection class is a constructional equipment feature about safety against dangerous body flows.

Open frame transformers destined to be installed in switch cabinets or systems do not possess a protection class.They can only be prepared for it.

Protection class I: System with protective earth terminal and basic insulation

Protection class II: System without protective earth terminal with double or reinforced insulation

Protection class III: System without protective earth terminal whereby protection against dangerous body flows restson supply with protection low voltage (SELV) and no higher voltage can be produced than protec-tion low voltage.

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 7

1/81/8

Safe clamping and protection against accidental contact Accident prevention regulation (UVV) VBG 4 issued by the professional association for precision and electrical enginee-ring is directed at operators of electrical installations. Its special safety requirements aim to prevent electrical accidents.

The regulation lays down safety clearances for work, operation and occasional handling close to shock- hazardousparts, so-called "active parts", of low-voltage installations up to 1000 V ~ resp. 1500V-.

Work on active, i.e. shock-hazardous parts is permissible only after ensuring that same are no longer active. Operatingnear active parts is only permissible, if parts are dead or protected against direct contact (§ 6). Safety measures whileworking near active parts are

– establishing dead condition for the duration of worksor

– preventing direct contact by covering or setting up barrier during worksor

– ensuring that permissible proximity is observed (§ 7)

For operation of elements such as pushbuttons, snap switches, knobs close to shock-hazardous parts, the term "occasional handling" was introduced. According to DIN VDE 0105-1 it is an "operation with partial protection against direct contact".

Detailed regulations for "occasional handling" may be found in DIN VDE 0106-100. Among others it regulates the degree of cover required for active parts in the proximity of operating controls and bases on the definition of a "protec-tion area for occasional handling"; it is the area into which one must reach occasionally during handling.

It is essential, that a level envelope of 30 mm radius surrounding the active parts is finger-safe, i.e. according to IEC529/DIN VDE 0470-1 (test finger) shock-hazardous parts of electric apparatus must not be touchable by a straightVDE-test finger.

For the "more distant" area up to 100 mm surrounding the control element, back of hand safety is obligatory. Back ofhand safety is given, when a force of 50 N is exerted on a sphere of 50 mm diameter and no contact is made withshock-hazardous part of appliance.Outside this area no particular measure for contact safety is required.

Annotation: Equipment and appliances operated with protection low voltage up to 25 V ~ or 60 V - are considered"protected against direct contact".

According to VBG 4, § 5 / section 4, system inspection for due order prior to first startup may be scraped when thecompany receives confirmation from the manufacturer or installer stating that electric system and appliances concurwith regulations VBG 4. The required confirmation refers to installed, ready to service systems and appliances and mayonly be submitted by the installer or assembly company. The manufacturer of electric appliances may just confirm thathis products comply to relevant electrotechnical DIN VDE regulations stated in VBG 4. It is the installer's duty to selectfitting appliances according to these aspects.

Finger-safe

Back of the hand safe

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 8

1/91/9

Technical information and directions

Terms and requirementsReferring to the inductivities stated in the catalogue following terms and requirements represent just a small excerptfrom the great variety that could be named. We have limited ourselves to the relevant terms and requirements impor-tant for your selection. At wish you may certainly obtain further information from us.

Transformers in generalA transformer is a static unit featuring two or more windings which by electromagnetic induction transforms a systemof alternating voltage and alternating current, usually with different values at the same frequency, as a means to trans-mit electric energy (ref: VDE 0570, IEV 421-01-01).

InsulationTransformers' constructive differences are principally determined by their designated application. Correspondingrequirements are stated in installation and appliance norms (for example VDE 0100, VDE 0113, VDE 0700, VDE 0800)and transformer norms (for example VDE 0550, VDE 0551, VDE 0570).

An important criteria for selection is the insulation layout between input and output circuits:

Inductivity For protective measure Requirement Insulation system Pri-Sec

Isolation transformer Protective isolation “high” Double or reinforcedsafe isolation insulation

Safety transformer Protection low voltage “high” Double or reinforcedsafe isolation insulation

Power transformer (separate winding) “low” Basic insulationnon-safe isolation

Control transformer Protective earthing “low” Basic insulationnon-safe isolation

Auto transformer (no separate winding) not -indirect-coupled

Transformers with separate windingsSuch transformers do not have a conductive connection between individual windings. They are indirect-coupled.

TappingsTransformers may be designed with primary as well as secondary tappings.

Primary tappings serve to adjust and apply a transformer in diverse supply voltages. The increased winding spacerequirement frequently necessitates turning to the next larger transformer type. There is no need for enlargements atmains adaption of app. 5 %.

The need for further winding space also does not occur when a second primary voltage halved results in the first (forexample 115 V - 230 V).

Primary voltage

Secondary voltage

2 primary voltages

Secondary voltage

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 9

1/101/10

If two equal winding parts are connected in series or parallel the transformer can be used for both secondary voltageswhile retaining full output. Observe stated polarity!

In case of several secondary voltages, rated secondary current intensity is calculated based upon the highest secon-dary voltage. Therefore tappings can only be loaded with current intensity calculated from power and highest secon-dary voltage.

If full power is required for each individual secondary voltage, power or current intensity must be stated individually. Itcalls for further space requirement and possibly the next larger transformer type.

Transformers in economy windingEconomy windings show conductive connection between primary and secondary winding. The output power is trans-ferred partly inductive and partly by current capacity. It may result in considerable size reduction as compared to trans-formers with separate windings. The smaller the difference between input and output voltage, the smaller the trans-former.

Therefore instead of a 1000 VA-sized transformer just one 425 VA in size is needed.

Short-time load (standard S3 at declaration of ED in %) - on-period calculates as follows:

ED = Load period in min.

x 100 (%)Duty cycle in min.

Duty cycle (off-time period + load duration) must not exceed 10 min., duty cycle > 10 min. is continuous operation.

Type power at short-time load calculates as follows:

NT = N x ED (%) NT = type power

100 N = nominal power

Operation modes

Example: Transformer rated output 1000 VAundervoltage 230 Vupper voltage 400 V

All Riedel standard transformers are designed for continuous operation S1. S1-operation is at hand, when a transformeroperates any given time under permissible thermal rated current and the other remaining rated values. The declarationcorresponds to 100% ED (on-period). Additionally, there are transformers that may be loaded higher for some timewhen a lower load has preceded.

Further operation modes: S2 (singular load with long off-time period), S4, S5 (intermittent operation), S6 (continuous duty with intermittent loading), S7 (uninterrupted operation with varying rated current during start and/or end of duty cycle), S8 (just as S7, butwith any number of variation from rated current in fixed duration and level during one cycle (duty cycle)). We manufac-ture for these operation modes on request.

type power N = nominal power x 1-( undervoltage

upper voltage )

type power N = 1000 1- = 1000 x 0,425 = 425 VA( 230

400

Primary voltage

Secondary voltage

)

Transformer switched to 115V Transformer switched to 230V

�

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 10

1/11

PowerAll stated power data refers to collected secondary power in VA resp. kVA at continuous operation, excitation with rated voltage, rated frequency, cos. phi = 1, an ambient temperature of max. 40°C and a set-up altitude up to 1000 mabove sea level (NN).

Power is calculated from rated secondary voltage (volt) and rated secondary current (ampere) into VA or kVA.

Power reduction dependent on set-up altitude

1/11

f (Hz) 16 2/3 40 42 50 60 75 100 200 300

N (%) 35 80 84 100 110 115 130 135 140

FrequencyTransformers stated in catalogue are suitable for mains with rated frequency 50 - 60 Hz. The rating plate states 50/60 Hz.Stated losses, voltage drops and efficiency refer to rated frequency 50 Hz. Frequencies other than 50 Hz cause achange in type power according to following chart:

Rated power in mains with 60 Hz must not be exceeded, if it is a normal transformer with rating plate statement of50/60 Hz.

HeatingFree access of cooling air must be ensured. At ambient temperatures above 40°C rated power must be reduced according to following chart:

°C 45 50 55 60

N (%) 95 85 80 75

Temperature risePrincipally transformers can be operated at higher power for a short time, but only if highest permitted medium tem-perature rise is adhered to and prior continuous load was beneath 100%..

Overload chart:Prior continuous Permissible duration of overload in % of rated powerload in % of rated power 150 % 140 % 130 % 120 % 110 %

50 30 min. 45 min. 65 min. 105 min. 180 min.





Lo

ad

in %

o

f ra

ted

po

we

r

Short-time rating of transformerThe layout of control transformers in control circuits with chief power demands by contactor coils and relay coils ensuesaccording to the possible short-time rating (initial power of coil) at a cos f = 0,5 and a voltage drop of maximal 5%.

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 11

1/121/12

TemperaturesDuring rated conditions transformers produce losses which transpose into heat. According to regulations this "self -heating" resp. "overtemperature" is bound to limit values by insulation class of insulating material and under considera-tion of ambient temperature. These values concern the winding and components directly in contact to it. Followingchart refers to the medium temperature rise of overtemperatures at an ambient temperature of 40°C.

According to regulations the "hot spot" of class A can exceed following chart value 5K and class H 15K depending oninsulation class. We manufacture in all stated insulation classes on request.

Insulation class Final temperature

A 105°C

E 115°C

B 120°C

F 140°C

H 175°C

We recommend not to apply class H because of poor efficiency.

Short circuit strengthTransformers are subdivided according to their short circuit strength (ref: VDE 0570, EN 61558, IEC 61558):

A short circuit proof transformer is a transformer whose temperature does not exceed set limit values at overload or short circuit and who will fulfill all requirements of above stated regulations as before once overload or short circuit has beenremoved.

a. An absolutely short circuit proof transformer is a short circuit proof transformer without protective device whose tem-perature does not exceed set limit values at overload or short circuit and who can be operated again once overloador short circuit is removed.

Remark: Because of their physics such transformers allow constructions with little rated active power up to 4 VA only. The no-load voltage factor can reach a value up to 2. The curve shape of output voltage can deviate from sinus-oidal wave shape. Absolutely short circuit proof transformers must not necessarily be sustained short circuit proof.

b. A relatively short circuit proof transformer is a short circuit proof transformer with a built-in protective device whichopens the circuit or limits the current in input or output circuit when transformer is overloaded or short circuited.

Remark: Examples for protective devices are fuses, overload circuit breakers, temperature fuses, temperature limiters with or without automatic reset, PTC resistors and automatically acting mechanical safety switches.

A non-circuit proof transformer is a transformer destined to be protected against excess temperature via a protective devicewhich is not built-into the transformer.

Remark: Unless otherwise agreed, transformer protection is taken care of by the customer.

FusingObserve the following for transformer fusing:

1. Selection of fuse media is determined by their ratings such as permissible voltage and current, their release charac-teristics and breaking capacity.

In this connection consider that depending on fuse selection eventually back-up protection (advance fuse) may benecessary to cover the entire current / time spectrum.

2. To pinpoint fuse value normally one must differentiate between primary and secondary side of transformer.

The "safe release" of a fuse in connection with transformers is more simple via the secondary side, i.e. fuse selection iseasier because rated current is close to rated current of fuse. The fuse protects transformers reliably against short circuit and excess output overload. The overcurrent protection of a transformer, for example caused by interturn shortcircuit, can only be realized via primary-side fuses. But because of the inrush any fuse value must usually be calculatedseveral times higher than rated current of transformer would demand. Therefore such fuses function more as short circuit protection than overload protection.

Concerning this there are remedies though such as inrush current limiters to select fuse value close to rated current oftransformer.

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 12

1/13

There is a causal link between fuse value, fuse type, (large) line lengths, ambient temperature and permissible trans-former temperature (acc. to regulation) in order to achieve optimal protection and operational conditions. Recom-mended fuse values stated on rating plates and data sheets of Riedel- transformers solely refer to transformer protec-tion. The fuses must be placed directly after resp. in front of the transformer. When rated conditions deviate (for exampleambient temperature) fuse values must be corrected. In priority our fuse recommendations base on instrument fuses(blow-out fuses), automatic circuit breakers and motor circuit breakers. Optimal protection is ensured with transformercircuit breakers available on the market because they are adjusted to inrush characteristic of transformers.

Remark: Observe current translation during overload in case of primary fusing for variable ratio ring transformers andtransformers with several output voltages or output windings.

Three-phase transformers

Load capacity of neutral point (star point):Regarding neutral point load capacity of three-phase transformers, observe below following to avoid additional lossesand neutral point shifting:

Star-star connection:The neutral point may only be loaded with full rated current (line-to-line current) when neutral conductor of supply line is connected rigidly to primary neutral point of transformer. Otherwise, neutral point may only be loaded with app. 10% line-to-line current.

The same rule applies for three-phase auto transformers in star-economy design.

Taking no special measures, following connection modes amount to 100% load of neutral point:

Delta-star connection with secondary extended neutral point Dy5Star-zigzag connection with secondary extended neutral point Yz5

If three-phase sets are formed via 3 single-phase transformers, then load of neutral point must definitely be avoided.

1/13

Designation Code no. Vector group Vector diagram Circuit configuration Secondary

star point

none

10% loadcapacity

full loadcapacity

none

10% loadcapacity

full loadcapacity

full loadcapacity

none

full loadcapacity

full loadcapacity

none

full loadcapacity

10% loadcapacity

Vector groupsThe vector group marks the circuitry of windings andtheir phase position to each other. It consists of a capital and small letter plus a code number.

The capital letter refers to the input winding, the smallto the output winding. The upper voltage is marked by1 in front, the undervoltage by a 2 in front, regardlessof input- or output voltage. A 1 in back, on the con-trary, marks the beginning of a winding, a 2 in back theend. Tabs are marked 3 and 4 in back. The numberscorrelate to letters U V W and distinguish the 3 phases. The neutral point (star point) is always mar-ked N.

The most common vector groups are summarizedalongside, input left-hand, output right-hand.

Unless otherwise requested, three-phase trans-formers are preferentially delivered in star-star con-nection.

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 13

1/14

Power supplies with D.C.-output

Depending on the type of supply voltage we differentiate between power supplies (A.C./D.C. converters) and D.C./D.C.-conver-ters. Power supplies are operated with alternating current resp. three-phase current. D.C./D.C.-converters operate with D.C.-cur-rent.

Battery chargers are A.C/D.C.- or D.C./D.C.-converters with a special output characteristic adjusted to the battery.

D.C.-UPS (non-interruptible power supplies with battery in D.C.-output) can be done as online- or offline systems.

In the case of an offline-UPS the power supply of the user ensues at normal operation through the supply line via a power supplyunit and the battery is charged via a battery charger. The user is switched to the battery at power supply failure.

The battery in an online-system is constantly connected to the user, also during line operation. The adjusted output voltage is iden-tical with the battery voltage, for example 26,6 V for a 24V-system.

Riedel-RDCUSV-series avoids the necessary high stabilized charging voltage on the user during normal operation. The analogcontrolled switch to battery operation ensues without gaps and controls the output voltage to the adjusted threshold value. Thepatented Riedel-charging system allows to charge the accumulators without a boost chopper and does not create EMC-inter-ference.

Power supply units for low voltages with D.C.-output are defined in EN 61204.

Output parameters

Output value

The output value at constant voltage operation is the output voltage, at constant current operation it is the output current.

Rated output voltage

Rated output voltage is the voltage available at connection point. Connection point at operation with sense-lines is the user itself,in any other case it is the unit's socket.

Rated output current

Rated output current is the current available at the unit's output, allowing constant operation of unit.

Rated output power P

Product of rated voltage times rated current. At multiple output: sum total of all products.

Output power reduction at higher ambient temperatures

Is stated in % / K.

Parallel operation and series operation of units

For higher output power identical units can be switched in parallel or series. At series operation stated maximal constant voltagebetween output and housing should be observed.

Redundancy

a. When outputs are switched in parallel by individual units only reduced redundancy is achieved. When a defect occurs in theprimary circuit of a unit, the other unit takes over complete current supply automatically and without interruption.

b. 100% redundancy requires decoupling diodes. For series RPL types 125 W and 250W we offer our customers internal decoup-ling diodes (at a surcharge), for the rest of the units an external additional module featuring decoupling diodes and interferen-ce reports.

Adjustment range of output size

The term adjustment range is relevant for controllable units only.

a. the adjustment range is stated at rated supply voltage and at half rated load. The user should remember, that when the out-put voltage is raised the output current by rule reduces according to rated output power.

b. b. Solution of adjustment is stated as relative value in %.

Changing the output value

a. via internal potentiometerb. via external potentiometerc. via analog input such as 0 - 10 VDC or 4 - 20 mA.

Periodical and non-periodical tolerances = ripple and noise voltage

a. low frequency noise = power line hum. Plays no role in D.C./D.C.-converters. Only relevant at connection of unit to alternatingcurrent mains resp. three-phase mains.

b. Switching noise. Only switching frequency and its harmonicsc. Complete noise inclusive overshoot peaks (application of measuring devices featuring adequate bandwidth necessary).

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 14

1/15

Line correction

Relative change of output size, in % for set range of supply voltage and supply frequency at constant load, according to norm at50 % of rated load. Line correction of 0,1% at output voltage of 24 VDC signifies that the absolute change of the output voltageat change of supply voltage of minimal to maximal value is (0,1 % x 24V) /100 % = 24 mV.

Load correction

Relative change of output size, in % for set load range at constant supply voltage. The most unfavorable value of supply voltageis stated.

Temperature coefficient

Relative change of output size, in % / K for set temperature range.

Tolerance of output size

Is stated in % for units with set rated supply voltage and at half rated load.

Dynamic behavior at load changes for a set range

a. deviation of output size is the maximal change of output size, set as percentage, which was caused by a load change.b. recovering time (correction time) is the time span between load leap and the time when the output size returns to the set tole-

rance width.

The rise- and fall flanks of the load change should be less than a tenth of the set recovering time.

Output overcurrent protection

a. constant current characteristicsb. reverse characteristicsc. trigger characteristicsd. short-circuit proof characteristics (not protected against continued overload).

Our linear controllers realize reverse characteristics. Our switched units feature short-circuit proof and overload proof characte-ristics.

Output overvoltage protection

a. protection circuit with short circuit of outputb. electronic lockc. lock with 'reset'-system

Most of our units feature a breakdown-protection circuit.

Input parameters

Rated voltage

Standard value of supply voltage, for which the unit is designed.

Voltage range

From the minimal value to the maximal value of voltage

Supply current

a. effective value of supply currentb. peak value of supply current (only alternating voltage- resp. three-phase sources).c. Highest inrush current. The charging current of the suppression capacitors in the first milli second is to be ignored.d. The harmonic factor of the supply ripple.

Power factor (only alternating voltage- resp. three-phase sources).

Power factor � is the rate of true power PE and vector power SE at input.

� = PE / SEIf voltage and current are sinusoidal, then power factor is as the cos � between voltage and current. Because the power suppliesfeature a pulse shaped current pickup following is valid:

� = � * cos �

� - distortion factor of supply current

Distortion factor � is the ratio of effective value of the fundamental wave and effective value of the total current.

Efficiency

Efficiency is the ratio of true powers at output and input:

� = PA /PE,

PA - true power at outputPE - true power at input

Power-line failure bridging time (hold time)

This time is named retention time in the norm (switch-off-decay time) and should be stated in +10% at rated output voltage, ratedoutput power and minimum supply voltage.

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 15

1/16

I. GENERAL1. The scope of deliveries and/or services (hereinafter referred

to as "Supplies") shall be determined by the written declara-tions of both Parties. General terms and conditions of the Pur-chaser shall apply only if and when expressly accepted by thesupplier or the provider of services (hereinafter referred to as"Supplier") in writing.

2. The Supplier herewith reserves any industrial property rightsand/or copyrights pertaining to its cost estimates, drawingsand other documents (hereinafter referred to as "Docu-ments"). The Documents shall not be made accessible to thirdparties without the Supplier's prior consent and shall, upon re-quest, be returned without undue delay to the Supplier if thecontract is not awarded to the Supplier. Sentences 1 and 2shall apply mutatis mutandis to documents of the Purchaser;these may, however, be made accessible to third parties towhom the Supplier may rightfully transfer Supplies.

3. Partial Supplies shall be allowed, unless they are unreasonableto accept for the Purchaser.

II. PRICES AND TERMS OF PAYMENT1. Prices shall be ex works and exclude packaging; value added

tax shall be added at the then applicable rate.2. If the Supplier is also responsible for assembly or erection and

unless otherwise agreed, the Purchaser shall pay the agreedremuneration and any incidental costs required, e. g. travelcosts, costs for the transport of tools and equipment, and per-sonal luggage as well as allowances.

3. Payments shall be made free Supplier's paying office.4. The Purchaser may set off only those claims that are undispu-

ted or against which no legal recourse is possible.III. RETENTION OF TITLE1. Items pertaining to the Supplies ("Retained Goods") shall re-

main the property of the Supplier until each and every claimthe Supplier has against the Purchaser on account of the busi-ness connection has been fulfilled. If the combined value of thesecurity interests of the Supplier exceeds the value of all secu-red claims by more than 20 %, the Supplier shall release a cor-responding part of the security interest if so requested by thePurchaser.

2. For the duration of the retention of title, the Purchaser may notpledge the Retained Goods or use them as security, and resa-le shall be possible only for resellers in the ordinary course oftheir business and only on condition that the reseller receivespayment from its customer or makes the transfer of propertyto the customer dependent upon the customer fulfilling itsobligation to effect payment.

3. The Purchaser shall inform the Supplier forthwith of any seizu-re or other act of intervention by third parties.

4. Where the Purchaser fails to fulfil its duties, including failure tomake payments due, the Supplier shall be entitled to cancelthe contract and take back the Retained Goods in the case ofcontinued failure following expiry of a reasonable time set bythe Supplier; the statutory provisions that a time limit is notneeded remain unaffected. The Purchaser shall be obliged tosurrender the Retained Goods.

IV. TIME FOR SUPPLIES; DELAY1. Times set for Supplies can only be observed if all Documents

to be supplied by the Purchaser, necessary permits andreleases, especially concerning plans, are received in time andif agreed terms of payment and other obligations of the Pur-chaser are fulfilled. Unless these conditions are fulfilled in time,times set shall be extended appropriately; this shall not applywhere the Supplier is responsible for the delay.

2. If non-observance of the times set is due to force majeuresuch as mobilization, war, rebellion or similar events, e. g. strikeor lockout, such time shall be extended accordingly.

3. If the Supplier is responsible for the delay (hereinafter referredto as "Delay") and the Purchaser demonstrably suffered a losstherefrom, the Purchaser may claim a compensation as liqui-dated damages of 0.5 % for every completed week of Delay,but in no case more than a total of 5 % of the price of that partof the Supplies which because of the Delay could not be put tothe intended use.

4. Purchaser's claims for damages due to delayed Supplies aswell as claims for damages in lieu of performance exceedingthe limits specified in No. 3 above shall be excluded in all casesof delayed Supplies even upon expiry of a time set to the Sup-plier to effect the Supplies. This shall not apply in cases of man-datory liability based on intent, gross negligence, or due to inju-ry of life, body or health. Cancellation of the contract by thePurchaser based on statute shall be limited to cases wherethe Supplier is responsible for the delay. The above provisionsdo not imply a change in the burden of proof to the detrimentof the Purchaser.

5. At the Supplier's request the Purchaser shall declare within areasonable period of time whether the Purchaser cancels thecontract due to the delayed Supplies or insists on the Suppliesto be carried out.

6. If dispatch or shipment is delayed at the Purchaser's requestby more than one month after notice of the readiness for di-spatch was given, the Purchaser may be charged, for everymonth commenced, storage costs of 0.5 % of the price of theitems of the Supplies, but in no case more than a total of 5 %.The parties to the contract may prove that higher or, as the ca-se may be, lower storage costs have been incurred.

V. TRANSFER OF RISK1. Even where delivery has been agreed freight free, the risk shall

pass to the Purchaser as follows:a) if the Supplies do not include assembly or erection, at the time

when the Supplies are shipped or picked up by the carrier.Upon request of the Purchaser, the Supplier shall insure theSupplies against the usual risks of transport at the expense ofthe Purchaser.

b) if the Supplies include assembly or erection, at the day of ta-king over in the own works or, if so agreed, after a fault-free tri-al run.

2. The risk shall pass to the Purchaser if dispatch, shipping, thestart or performance of assembly or erection, the taking overin the own works or the trial run is delayed for reasons forwhich the Purchaser is responsible or if the Purchaser hasotherwise failed to accept the Supplies.

VI. ASSEMBLY AND ERECTIONUnless otherwise agreed in writing, assembly/erection shall besubject to the following provisions:

1. The Purchaser shall provide at its own expense and in good ti-me:

a) all earth and construction work and other ancillary work outsi-de the scope of the Supplier, including the necessary skilledand unskilled labour, construction materials and tools,

b) the equipment and materials necessary for assembly andcommissioning such as scaffolds, lifting equipment and otherdevices as well as fuels and lubricants,

c) energy and water at the point of use including connections,heating and lighting,

d) suitable dry and lockable rooms of sufficient size adjacent tothe site for the storage of machine parts, apparatus, materials,tools, etc. and adequate working and recreation rooms for theerection personnel, including sanitary facilities as are appropri-ate in the specific circumstances. Furthermore, the Purchasershall take all measures it would take for the protection of itsown possessions to protect the possessions of the Supplierand of the erection personnel at the site,

e) protective clothing and protective devices needed due to par-ticular conditions prevailing on the specific site.

2. Before the erection work starts, the Purchaser shall makeavailable of its own accord any information required concer-ning the location of concealed electric power, gas and water li-nes or of similar installations as well as the necessary structuraldata.

3. Prior to assembly or erection, the materials and equipment ne-cessary for the work to start must be available on the site ofassembly/erection and any preparatory work must have ad-vanced to such a degree that assembly/erection can be star-ted as agreed and carried out without interruption. Access ro-ads and the assembly/erection site itself must be level and cle-ar.

4. If assembly, erection or commissioning is delayed due to cir-cumstances for which the Supplier is not responsible, the Pur-chaser shall bear the reasonable costs incurred for idle timesand any additional travelling of the Supplier or the erection per-sonnel.

5. The Purchaser shall attest to the hours worked by the erectionpersonnel towards the Supplier at weekly intervals and thePurchaser shall immediately confirm in writing if assembly, er-ection or commissioning has been completed.

6. If, after completion, the Supplier demands acceptance of theSupplies, the Purchaser shall comply therewith within a periodof two weeks. In default thereof, acceptance is deemed to ha-ve taken place. Acceptance is also deemed to have been ef-fected if the Supplies are put to use, after completion of anagreed test phase, if any.

VII. RECEIVING OF SUPPLIESThe Purchaser shall not refuse to receive Supplies due to mi-nor defects.

VIII. DEFECTS AS TO QUALITYThe Supplier shall be liable for defects as to quality ("Sachmän-gel", hereinafter referred to as "Defects",) as follows:

SALES- AND DELIVERY CONDITIONS

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 16

1/17

SALES- AND DELIVERY CONDITIONS

1. All parts or services where a Defect becomes apparent withinthe limitation period shall, at the discretion of the Supplier, berepaired, replaced or provided again free of charge irrespecti-ve of the hours of operation elapsed, provided that the reasonfor the Defect had already existed at the time when the riskpassed.

2. Claims based on Defects are subject to a limitation period of24 months. This provision shall not apply where longer periodsare prescribed by law according to Sec. 438 para. 1 No. 2 (buil-dings and things used for a building), Sec. 479 para. 1 (right ofrecourse), and Sec. 634a para. 1 No. 2 (defects of a building)German Civil Code ("BGB"), as well as in cases of injury of life,body or health, or where the Supplier intentionally or grosslynegligently fails to fulfil its obligation or fraudulently conceals aDefect. The legal provisions regarding suspension of expira-tion ("Ablaufhemmung"), suspension ("Hemmung") and re-commencement of limitation periods remain unaffected.

3. The Purchaser shall notify Defects to the Supplier in writing andwithout undue delay.

4. In the case of notification of a Defect, the Purchaser may with-hold payments to a reasonable extent taking into account theDefect occurred. The Purchaser, however, may withhold pay-ments only if the subject-matter of the notification of the De-fect occurred is justified beyond doubt. Unjustified notificationsof Defect shall entitle the Supplier to have its expenses reim-bursed by the Purchaser.

5. The Supplier shall first be given the opportunity to supplementits performance ("Nacherfüllung") within a reasonable periodof time.

6. If supplementary performance is unsuccessful, the Purchasershall be entitled to cancel the contract or reduce the remune-ration, irrespective of any claims for damages it may have ac-cording to Art. XI.

7. There shall be no claims based on Defect in cases of insignifi-cant deviations from the agreed quality, of only minor impair-ment of usefulness, of natural wear and tear or damage arisingafter the transfer of risk from faulty or negligent handling, ex-cessive strain, unsuitable equipment, defective workman-ship, inappropriate foundation soil or from particular externalinfluences not assumed under the contract, or from non-re-producible software errors. Claims based on defects attributa-ble to improper modifications or repair work carried out by thePurchaser or third parties and the consequences thereof shallbe likewise excluded.

8. The Purchaser shall have no claim with respect to expensesincurred in the course of supplementary performance, inclu-ding costs of travel and transport, labour, and material, to theextent that expenses are increased because the subject-mat-ter of the Supplies was subsequently brought to another loca-tion than the Purchaser's branch office, unless doing so com-plies with the intended use of the Supplies.

9. The Purchaser's right of recourse against the Supplier pursu-ant to Sec. 478 BGB is limited to cases where the Purchaserhas not concluded an agreement with its customers excee-ding the scope of the statutory provisions governing claimsbased on Defects. Moreover, No. 8 above shall apply mutatismutandis to the scope of the right of recourse the Purchaserhas against the Supplier pursuant to Sec. 478 para. 2 BGB.

10. Furthermore, the provisions of Art. XI (Other Claims for Dama-ges) shall apply in respect of claims of damages. Any otherclaims of the Purchaser against the Supplier or its agents orany such claims exceeding the claims provided for in this Art.VIII, based on a Defect, shall be excluded.

IX. INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND COPYRIGHT; DEFECTS INTITLE

1. Unless otherwise agreed, the Supplier shall provide the Sup-plies free from third parties' industrial property rights and copy-rights (hereinafter referred to as "IPR") with respect to thecountry of the place of destination. If a third party asserts a ju-stified claim against the Purchaser based on an infringementof an IPR with respect to the Supplies made by the Supplierand then used in conformity with the contract, the Suppliershall be liable to the Purchaser within the time period stipulatedin Art. VIII No. 2 as follows:

a) The Supplier shall choose whether to acquire, at its own ex-pense, the right to use the IPR with respect to the Suppliesconcerned or whether to modify the Supplies such that theyno longer infringe the IPR or replace them. If this would be un-reasonable to demand from the Supplier, the Purchaser maycancel the contract or reduce the remuneration pursuant tothe applicable statutory provisions.

b) The Supplier's liability to pay damages shall be governed byArt. XI.

c) The above obligations of the Supplier shall only apply if the Pur-chaser (i) immediately notifies the Supplier of any such claimasserted by the third party in writing, (ii) does not concede the

existence of an infringement and (iii) leaves any protective me-asures and settlement negotiations to the discretion of theSupplier. If the Purchaser stops using the Supplies in order toreduce the damage or for other good reason, it shall be obli-ged to point out to the third party that no acknowledgement ofthe alleged infringement may be inferred from the fact that theuse has been discontinued.

2. Claims of the Purchaser shall be excluded if it is itself responsi-ble for the infringement of an IPR.

3. Claims of the Purchaser shall also be excluded if the infringe-ment of the IPR is caused by specifications made by the Pur-chaser, to a type of use not fore-seeable by the Supplier or tothe Supplies being modified by the Purchaser or being usedtogether with products not provided by the Supplier.

4. In addition, with respect to claims by the Purchaser pursuantto No. 1 a) above, Art. VIII Nos. 4, 5, and 9 shall apply mutatismutandis in the event of an infringement of an IPR.

5. Where other defects in title occur, Art. VIII shall apply mutatismutandis.

6. Any other claims of the Purchaser against the Supplier or itsagents or any such claims exceeding the claims provided for inthis Art. IX, based on a defect in title, shall be excluded.

X. IMPOSSIBILITY OF PERFORMANCE; ADAPTATION OF CON-TRACT

1. To the extent that Supplies are impossible to be carried out,the Purchaser shall be entitled to claim damages, unless theSupplier is not responsible for the impossibility. The Purchaser-'s claim for damages shall, however, be limited to an amount of10 % of the value of the part of the Supplies which, owing to theimpossibility, cannot be put to the intended use. This limitationshall not apply in the case of mandatory liability based on in-tent, gross negligence or injury of life, body or health; this doesnot imply a change in the burden of proof to the detriment ofthe Purchaser. The right of the Purchaser to cancel the con-tract shall remain unaffected.

2. Where unforeseeable events within the meaning of Art. IV No.2 substantially change the economic importance or the con-tents of the Supplies or considerably affect the Supplier's busi-ness, the contract shall be adapted taking into account theprinciples of reasonableness and good faith. Where doing so iseconomically unreasonable, the Supplier shall have the right tocancel the contract. If the Supplier intends to exercise its rightto cancel the contract, it shall notify the Purchaser thereof wi-thout undue delay after having realised the repercussions ofthe event; this shall also apply even where an extension of thedelivery period had previously been agreed with the Purcha-ser.

XI. OTHER CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES1. Any claims for damages and reimbursement of expenses the

Purchaser may have (hereinafter referred to as "Claims for Da-mages"), based on whatever legal reason, including infringe-ment of duties arising in connection with the contract or tort,shall be excluded.

2. The above shall not apply in the case of mandatory liability, e. g.under the German Product Liability Act ("Produkthaftungsge-setz"), in the case of intent, gross negligence, injury of life, bo-dy or health, or breach of a condition which goes to the root ofthe contract ("wesentliche Vertragspflichten"). However,Claims for Damages arising from a breach of a condition whichgoes to the root of the contract shall be limited to the foresee-able damage which is intrinsic to the contract, unless causedby intent or gross negligence or based on liability for injury of li-fe, body or health. The above provision does not imply a chan-ge in the burden of proof to the detriment of the Purchaser.

3. To the extent that the Purchaser has a valid Claim for Dama-ges according to this Art. XI, it shall be time-barred upon expi-ration of the limitation period applicable to Defects pursuant toArt. VIII No. 2. In the case of claims for damages under the Ger-man Product Liability Act, the statutory provisions governing li-mitation periods shall apply.

XII. VENUE AND APPLICABLE LAW1. If the Purchaser is a businessperson, sole venue for all dispu-

tes arising directly or indirectly out of the contract shall be theSupplier's place of business. However, the Supplier may alsobring an action at the Purchaser's place of business.

2. Legal relations existing in connection with this contract shall begoverned by German substantive law, to the exclusion of theUnited Nations Convention on Contracts for the InternationalSale of Goods (CISG).

XIII.SEVERABILITY CLAUSEThe legal invalidity of one or more provisions of this contractshall in no way affect the validity of the remaining provisions.This shall not apply if it would be unreasonable for one of theparties to continue the contract.

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 17

1/18

allg_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 09:58 Seite 18

Complex plants in security risk industries require power suppliesto meet strict safety demands. Designing electric and electronicsystems calls for special know-how and uncompromising qualityassurance. We have the know-how in quality, a goog reason toapply Riedel products.

AProduct groupCopyright: BASF/Riedel

A 1/2

Series RSTN

. . . makes for tension in purchase and engineering

In general

RSTN-transformers can be applied worldwide, meet national and international regulations and are ready for those up-coming. Following designs are available:

Control transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-2, EN 61558-2-2Isolation transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-4, EN 61558-2-4, (for sec. 230V only)

Safety transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6, (for sec. 24V only)

Particular advantages of series RSTN:

- best cost-price (large scale manufacture, extremely favorable price-performance relation)

- high reliability and long service life

- compact construction and low weight

- low total losses, thus high efficiency

(for example reduction of core losses by two-way layering)

- higher than average output at short-time duty

- high performance in comparison to size

- control transformers feature higher value insulation system than regulation dictates

- high voltage stability because of small voltage drop between no-load and load

- voltage adaptation via +-5% taps

- from 130 VA upwards protected against short cut via insulating bushing

- temperature reserves, even at ta 60°C/B full current load possible

- mounting brackets comp. to DIN 41 307

- stock items (except for 500V-type)

Available accessories: fully integrated ground screw terminal

Model I 1 max. in I 1 max. in I 1 max. inA A A

pri. voltage ±5% 230V 400V 500V

RSTN 50 0,27 0,16 0,13

RSTN 75 0,40 0,23 0,19

RSTN 100 0,52 0,30 0,24

RSTN 130 0,65 0,38 0,30

RSTN 200 1,00 0,57 0,46

RSTN 250 1,23 0,7 1 0,57

RSTN 320 1,57 0,90 0,73

RSTN 400 1,94 1, 12 0,90

RSTN 500 2,42 1,40 1, 12

RSTN 630 3,05 1,76 1,4 1

RSTN 800 3,83 2,22 1,77

RSTN 1000 4,78 2,77 2,2 1

RSTN 1 100 5,20 3,0 1 2,4 1

RSTN 1300 6,15 3,56 2,85

RSTN 1600 7,58 4,38 3,5 1

RSTN 2000 9,47 5,48 4,38

RSTN 2500 11,87 6,87 5,50

RSTN 3000 14,05 8,13 6,5 1

Rated current input

Model I2 in Fusing I2 in FusingA A A A

sec. voltage 230V 24V

RSTN 50 0,21 0,16 At 2,08 1 ,60 At

RSTN 75 0,32 0,25 At 3,125 2,50 At

RSTN 100 0,43 0,315 At 4,16 3,15 At

RSTN 130 0,56 0,40 At 5,41 4,00 At

RSTN 200 0,86 0,63 At 8,33 6,30 At

RSTN 250 1,08 0,80 At 10,41 8,00 At

RSTN 320 1,39 1,00 At 13,33 10,0 AgL

RSTN 400 1,73 1,25 At 16,66 16,0 AgL

RSTN 500 2,17 1,60 At 20,83 16,0 AgL

RSTN 630 2,73 2,00 At 26,25 20,0 AgL

RSTN 800 3,47 2,50 At 33,33 35,0 AgL

RSTN 1000 4,34 3,15 At - -

RSTN 1 100 4,78 4,00 At - -

RSTN 1300 5,65 4,00 At - -

RSTN 1600 6,95 5,00 At - -

RSTN 2000 8,69 6,30 At - -

RSTN 2500 10,86 8,00 At - -

RSTN 3000 13,04 10,0 AgL - -

Current secondary and fusing recommendation

Fusing recommendation:Below stated fusing recommendations refer to transformer's secondary side and safety fuse cartridges comp. to IEC127 / EN 60127 (A time-lag), or comp. to IEC 60269 (AgL). Concerning this and also for primary fusing please observeparagraph 'Fusing', catalogue section 'In General'.

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:34 Seite 2

A 1/3

475/500/525 V 380/400/420 V 220/230/240 V 475/500/525 V 380/400/420 V 220/230/240 VModel Power 230 V 230 V 230 V 24 V 24 V 24 VVA Article no. Article no. Article no. Article no. Article no. Article no.

RSTN 50 50 1N–500–230–01 1N–400–230–01 1N–230–230–01 1N–500–024–01 1N–400–024–01 1N–230–024–01

RSTN 75 75 1N–500–230–02 1N–400–230–02 1N–230–230–02 1N–500–024–02 1N–400–024–02 1N–230–024–02

RSTN 100 100 1N–500–230–03 1N–400–230–03 1N–230–230–03 1N–500–024–03 1N–400–024–03 1N–230–024–03

RSTN 130 130 1N–500–230–04 1N–400–230–04 1N–230–230–04 1N–500–024–04 1N–400–024–04 1N–230–024–04

RSTN 200 200 1N–500–230–05 1N–400–230–05 1N–230–230–05 1N–500–024–05 1N–400–024–05 1N–230–024–05

RSTN 250 250 1N–500–230–06 1N–400–230–06 1N–230–230–06 1N–500–024–06 1N–400–024–06 1N–230–024–06

RSTN 320 320 1N–500–230–07 1N–400–230–07 1N–230–230–07 1N–500–024–07 1N–400–024–07 1N–230–024–07

RSTN 400 400 1N–500–230–08 1N–400–230–08 1N–230–230–08 1N–500–024–08 1N–400–024–08 1N–230–024–08

RSTN 500 500 1N–500–230–09 1N–400–230–09 1N–230–230–09 1N–500–024–09 1N–400–024–09 1N–230–024–09

RSTN 630 630 1N–500–230–10 1N–400–230–10 1N–230–230–10 1N–500–024–10 1N–400–024–10 1N–230–024–10

RSTN 800 800 1N–500–230–1 1 1N–400–230–1 1 1N–230–230–1 1 1N–500–024–1 1 1N–400–024–1 1 1N–230–024–1 1

RSTN 1000 1000 1N–500–230–12 1N–400–230–12 1N–230–230–12 – – –

RSTN 1100 1100 1N–500–230–13 1N–400–230–13 1N–230–230–13 – – –

RSTN 1300 1300 1N–500–230–14 1N–400–230–14 1N–230–230–14 – – –

RSTN 1600 1600 1N–500–230–15 1N–400–230–15 1N–230–230–15 – – –

RSTN 2000 2000 1N–500–230–16 1N–400–230–16 1N–230–230–16 – – –

RSTN 2500 2500 1N–500–230–17 1N–400–230–17 1N–230–230–17 – – –

RSTN 3000 3000 1N–500–230–18 1N–400–230–18 1N–230–230–18 – – –

Single-phase control transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-2, EN 61558-2-2

Single-phase isolation transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-4, EN 61558-2-4

Single-phase safety transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

RSTN 50 – 3000Design: Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separate windings, sturdy mounting brackets.Connection to non-tracking transformer terminals with screw connection. The terminals are protected against fingertouch or contact with the back of the hand in compliance with accident prevention regulations (VBG 4). Ground connec-tion via tab blade connection 6.3 x 0.8 mm. Accessory ground screw connection terminal available.

IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23 with natural cooling, insulation class E, max. ambient tempera-ture 40°C.

Available in stated voltages only, for other voltages please see identical design type REIA.

ModelCopper Total Efficiency KB

Approx. dimensions in mmweight weight � � cos � = 0,5

kg kg % VA a b c d e f Attachment

RSTN 50 0,27 1,2 84 90 78 59 90 56 46 2x45 M 4

RSTN 75 0,29 1,6 85 135 85 61 95 64 47 2x46 M 4

RSTN 100 0,34 2, 1 86 225 85 75 95 64 61 2x53 M 4

RSTN 130 0,45 2,3 90 300 96 77 104 84 61 50 M 5

RSTN 200 0,58 2,9 92 490 96 87 104 84 70 54 M 5

RSTN 250 0,66 3,7 92 690 96 100 104 84 84 61 M 5

RSTN 320 0,73 4,5 92 850 105 101 1 1 1 84 85 62 M 5

RSTN 400 1 ,03 5,2 93 1100 120 105 120 90 82 58 M 5

RSTN 500 1 ,10 6,9 94 1510 120 121 120 90 102 69 M 5

RSTN 630 1,68 7,8 94 1700 150 108 147 122 83 57 M 6

RSTN 800 2,50 10,0 95 2550 150 125 147 122 101 65 M 6

RSTN 1000 2,60 12,8 95 3750 150 151 147 122 127 78 M 6

RSTN 1100 2,80 12,7 96 3550 174 129 154 135 97 63 M 6

RSTN 1300 3,13 14,7 96 4390 174 139 154 135 105 68 M 6

RSTN 1600 3,40 16,7 96 5400 174 149 154 135 116 73 M 6

RSTN 2000 5,00 21,0 96 6600 195 156 175 150 125 73 M 8

RSTN 2500 6,00 24,0 96 8000 195 172 175 150 146 85 M 8

RSTN 3000 6,60 26,9 97 10800 195 184 175 150 152 87 M 8

Standard stock items Subject to technical modifications

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:34 Seite 3

Series RSTN UL-CSA

C®�-design (file no. E164203 M / for USA + Canada)

In generalRSTN UL-CSA-transformers can be applied worldwide and meet national and international regulations. Following de-signs are available:

Industrial control transformer UL 506 / CSA 22.2 approbated (sum total sec. voltages max. 250V)

Power transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-1, EN 61558-2-1, (50VA...1kVA), > 1kVA = special transformer

Control transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-2, EN 61558-2-2,Isolation transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-4, EN 61558-2-4, (sec. 50V up to 500V max.)

Safety transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6, (sum total sec. voltages max. 50V)

Please state required design in your order.

Particular advantages of series RSTN UL-CSA:

- purchaser may select variable voltagesprimary 110V…600V incl. +-5% tappingssecondary 12V...230V (see table below)











- OPTIONALS: fully integrated ground screw terminal, screening and second output winding

Short-term delivery

C®�

Model Efficiency� �

Primary voltageExamples

max. primary current in ASecondary

voltageSec. fusing recommendation

class CC / ATDR in A

% V 110V 380V 480V 575V V 24V 110V 230V

RSTN 50 UL-CSA 84 110 - 600 0,57 0,17 0,13 0, 1 1 12 - 230 2 0,5 0,25

RSTN 63 UL-CSA 84 110 - 600 0,72 0,21 0,16 0,13 12 - 230 2,5 0,5 0,25

RSTN 75 UL-CSA 85 110 - 600 0,84 0,24 0,19 0,16 12 - 230 3 0,8 0,5

RSTN 100 UL-CSA 86 110 - 600 1,09 0,32 0,25 0,21 12 - 230 4 1 0,5

RSTN 130 UL-CSA 90 110 - 600 1 ,37 0,40 0,32 0,27 12 - 230 5,6 1,13 0,8

RSTN 145 UL-CSA 91 110 - 600 1 ,51 0,44 0,35 0,29 24 - 230 5,6 1,25 0,8

RSTN 180 UL-CSA 91 110 - 600 1 ,87 0,55 0,43 0,36 24 - 230 7,5 1,6 0,8

RSTN 200 UL-CSA 92 110 - 600 2,08 0,61 0,48 0,40 24 - 230 8 1,8 0,8

RSTN 250 UL-CSA 92 110 - 600 2,57 0,75 0,59 0,50 24 - 230 10 2,25 1,13

RSTN 270 UL-CSA 92 110 - 600 2,77 0,81 0,63 0,53 24 - 230 12 2,5 1,25

RSTN 320 UL-CSA 92 110 - 600 3,29 0,96 0,76 0,63 24 - 230 15 3 1,4

RSTN 330 UL-CSA 93 110 - 600 3,35 0,99 0,78 0,65 24 - 230 15 3 1,5

RSTN 400 UL-CSA 93 110 - 600 4,07 1 ,18 0,94 0,78 24 - 230 17,5 3,5 1,8

RSTN 460 UL-CSA 93 110 - 600 4,68 1,36 1,00 0,84 24 - 230 20 4 2

RSTN 500 UL-CSA 94 110 - 600 5,07 1,48 1,16 0,97 24 - 230 20 4,5 2,25

RSTN 510 UL-CSA 94 110 - 600 5,19 1,51 1,18 0,99 24 - 230 20 4,5 2,25

RSTN 600 UL-CSA 94 110 - 600 6,08 1,77 1,38 1,15 24 - 230 25 5,6 2,8

RSTN 630 UL-CSA 94 110 - 600 6,38 1,86 1,45 1,21 24 - 230 25 5,6 2,8

RSTN 700 UL-CSA 95 110 - 600 7,02 2,04 1,60 1,34 24 - 230 30 6,25 3

RSTN 800 UL-CSA 95 110 - 600 8,02 2,34 1,83 1,53 24 - 230 30 7,5 3,5

RSTN 1000 UL-CSA 95 110 - 600 10,02 2,92 2,28 1,90 110 - 230 - 9 4,5

RSTN 1100 UL-CSA 96 110 - 600 12,03 3,18 2,48 2,07 110 - 230 - 10 5

RSTN 1300 UL-CSA 96 110 - 600 14,24 3,76 2,94 2,45 110 - 230 - 12 5,6

RSTN 1600 UL-CSA 96 110 - 600 17,55 4,63 3,62 3,02 110 - 230 - 15 7

RSTN 1900 UL-CSA 96 110 - 600 20,84 5,50 4,30 3,59 110 - 230 - 17,5 8

RSTN 2000 UL-CSA 96 110 - 600 21,94 5,79 4,53 3,78 110 - 230 - 20 9

RSTN 2500 UL-CSA 96 110 - 600 27,48 7,25 5,74 4,80 110 - 230 - 25 12

RSTN 3000 UL-CSA 97 110 - 600 29,43 8,58 6,72 5,61 110 - 230 - 30 15

A 1/4

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:34 Seite 4

Industrial control transformers UL 506 / CSA 22.2 approbatedSingle-phase power transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-1, EN 61558-2-1Single-phase control transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-2, EN 61558-2-2Single-phase isolation transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-4, EN 61558-2-4Single-phase safety transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

RSTN UL-CSA 50 – 3000Design: Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separate windings, sturdy mounting brackets.Connection to non-tracking transformer terminals with screw connection. The terminals are protected against fingertouch or contact with the back of the hand in compliance with accident prevention regulations UVV (VBG 4).

Ground connection via tab blade connection 6.3 x 0.8 mm. Accessory ground screw connection terminal available.

IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23 with natural cooling, approbated for insulation class A,max. ambient temperature 40°C.

Preferential primary voltages are for example: 110/115/120V, 360/380/400V, 460/480/500V, 550/575/600V.

Short-term delivery

C®�

Copper TotalModel Power Article no. weight weightApprox. dimensions in mm

VA app. kg app. kg a b c d e f Attach.

RSTN 50 UL-CSA 50 0317-00000050 0,27 1,20 78 59 90 56 45 45 M 4

RSTN 63 UL-CSA 63 0317-00000063 0,28 1,47 78 69 90 56 54 50 M 4

RSTN 75 UL-CSA 75 0317-00000075 0,29 1,60 85 63 95 64 47 47 M 4

RSTN 100 UL-CSA 100 0317-00000100 0,34 2,10 85 75 95 64 61 53 M 4

RSTN 130 UL-CSA 130 0317-00000130 0,45 2,30 96 77 104 84 61 50 M 5

RSTN 145 UL-CSA 145 0317-00000145 0,52 2,20 85 83 95 64 70 58 M 4

RSTN 180 UL-CSA 180 0317-00000180 0,53 3,00 105 80 1 1 1 84 62 51 M 5

RSTN 200 UL-CSA 200 0317-00000200 0,58 2,90 96 87 114 84 70 54 M 5

RSTN 250 UL-CSA 250 0317-00000250 0,66 3,70 96 100 114 84 84 61 M 5

RSTN 270 UL-CSA 270 0317-00000270 0,63 3,50 105 88 1 1 1 84 70 55 M 5

RSTN 320 UL-CSA 320 0317-00000320 0,73 4,50 105 101 1 1 1 84 85 62 M 5

RSTN 330 UL-CSA 330 0317-00000330 1,00 4,15 120 88 120 90 70 53 M 5

RSTN 400 UL-CSA 400 0317-00000400 1,03 5,20 120 103 120 90 82 58 M 5

RSTN 460 UL-CSA 460 0317-00000460 1,10 6,00 120 110 120 90 90 63 M 5

RSTN 500 UL-CSA 500 0317-00000500 1,10 6,90 120 121 120 90 102 69 M 5

RSTN 510 UL-CSA 510 0317-00000510 1,60 6,45 135 106 133 104 87 58 M 5

RSTN 600 UL-CSA 600 0317-00000600 1,70 7,00 135 116 133 104 97 63 M 5

RSTN 630 UL-CSA 630 0317-00000630 1,68 7,80 150 108 147 122 83 57 M 6

RSTN 700 UL-CSA 700 0317-00000700 1,80 7,90 135 123 133 104 107 68 M 5

RSTN 800 UL-CSA 800 0317-00000800 2,50 10,00 150 125 147 122 101 65 M 6

RSTN 1000 UL-CSA 1000 0317-00001000 2,60 12,80 150 151 147 122 127 78 M 6

RSTN 1100 UL-CSA 1100 0317-00001100 2,80 12 ,70 174 129 154 135 97 63 M 6

RSTN 1300 UL-CSA 1300 0317-00001300 3,13 14 ,70 174 139 154 135 105 68 M 6

RSTN 1600 UL-CSA 1600 0317-00001600 3,40 16 ,70 174 149 154 135 116 73 M 6

RSTN 1900 UL-CSA 1900 0317-00001900 4,00 21 ,10 174 169 154 135 136 83 M 6

RSTN 2000 UL-CSA 2000 0317-00002000 4,50 22,50 195 156 175 150 125 73 M 8

RSTN 2500 UL-CSA 2500 0317-00002500 6,00 24,60 195 172 175 150 146 85 M 8

RSTN 3000 UL-CSA 3000 0317-00003000 6,60 26,90 195 184 175 150 152 87 M 8

A 1/5

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:34 Seite 5

A 1/6

RSTS 1200 – 8000Design: Open frame, vertical design, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separate windings, sturdy moun-ting brackets. Connection to non-tracking transformer terminals with screw connection. Up to 20A the secondarybridge contact can be plugged with a plain connector 6.3 x 0.8 mm. The terminals are protected against finger touch orcontact with the back of the hand in compliance with accident prevention regulations (VBG 4).


c

ad

be

f

KB Efficiency 475/500/525 V 380/400/420 V 220/230/240 VModel Power cos � 0,5 � � 230 V/115 V 230 V/115 V 230 V/115 VVA VA % Article no. Article no. Article no.

RSTS 1200 1200 3340 94,1 0021–500–230–0 1 0022–400–230–01 0023–230–230–01

RSTS 1500 1500 4640 95,0 0021–500–230–02 0022–400–230–02 0023–230–230–02

RSTS 1800 1800 6000 95,5 0021–500–230–03 0022–400–230–03 0023–230–230–03

RSTS 2200 2200 7000 95,6 0021–500–230–04 0022–400–230–04 0023–230–230–04

RSTS 2500 2500 9075 95,8 0021–500–230–05 0022–400–230–05 0023–230–230–05

RSTS 3000 3000 10720 95,8 0021–500–230–06 0022–400–230–06 0023–230–230–06

RSTS 4200 4200 16720 96,4 0021–500–230–07 0022–400–230–07 0023–230–230–07

RSTS 5000 5000 20330 96,8 0021–500–230–08 0022–400–230–08 0023–230–230–08

RSTS 6300 6300 23450 97,0 0021–500–230–09 0022–400–230–09 0023–230–230–09

RSTS 8000 8000 25390 97,2 0021–500–230–10 0022–400–230–10 0023–230–230–10

Vertical design

Copper Total Approx. dimensions in mmModel Size weight weightapp. kg app. kg a b c d e f Attachm.

RSTS 1200 UI 120/ 51 4,40 13,60 160 105 215 100 79 58 M 6

RSTS 1500 UI 120/ 61 4,50 15,00 160 115 215 100 89 63 M 6

RSTS 1800 UI 120/ 75 5,50 17,00 160 129 215 100 103 70 M 6

RSTS 2200 UI 150/ 52 6,60 21,00 200 122 262 124 94 58 M10

RSTS 2500 UI 150/ 65 7,20 24,80 200 135 262 124 107 65 M10

RSTS 3000 UI 150/ 77 7,60 28,00 200 147 262 124 119 7 1 M10

RSTS 4200 UI 150/ 92 9,20 31,00 200 162 262 124 134 78 M10

RSTS 5000 UI 150/103 12,90 38,50 200 173 262 124 145 83 M10

RSTS 6300 UI 180/ 78 16,80 48,00 240 168 360 144 140 - M10

RSTS 8000 UI 180/ 93 20,70 57,00 240 183 360 144 155 - M10



Fusing recommendation: Below stated fusing recommendations refer to transformer's secondary side and safety fusecartridges comp. to IEC 127 / EN 60127 (A time-lag), or comp. to IEC 60269 (AgL). Concerning this and also for primaryfusing please observe paragraph 'Fusing', catalogue section 'In General'.


pri. voltage ± 5% 230V 400V 500V

RSTS 1200 5,72 3,30 2,65

RSTS 1500 7,00 4,00 3,30

RSTS 1800 8,18 4,94 3,95

RSTS 2200 10,30 5,98 4,78

RSTS 2500 1 1 ,70 6,70 5,43

RSTS 3000 14,00 7,90 6,49

RSTS 4200 19,70 11 ,40 9,12

RSTS 5000 23,70 13,70 10,90

RSTS 6300 30,00 17,50 13,80

RSTS 8000 38,20 22,10 17,60

Rated current input



RSTS 1200 5,21 4 At 10,4 8 At

RSTS 1500 6,54 5 At 13,0 10 AgL

RSTS 1800 7,82 6,3 At 15,6 16 AgL

RSTS 2200 9,56 8 At 19, 1 16 AgL

RSTS 2500 10,80 8 At 21 ,7 20 AgL

RSTS 3000 13,00 10 AgL 26,0 20 AgL

RSTS 4200 18,20 16 AgL 36,5 35 AgL

RSTS 5000 21 ,70 20 AgL 43,4 50 AgL

RSTS 6300 27,30 25 AgL 54,7 50 AgL

RSTS 8000 34,70 35 AgL 69,5 63 AgL


Short-term deliverySubject to technical modifications

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:34 Seite 6

A 1/7

RSTL 1200 – 8000Design: Open frame, horizontal design, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separate windings, sturdymounting brackets. Connection to non-tracking terminal blocks with screw connection. The terminals are protectedagainst finger touch or contact with the back of the hand in compliance with accident prevention regulations (VBG 4).


KB Efficiency 475/500/525 V 380/400/420 V 220/230/240 VModel Power cos � 0,5 � � 230 V/115 V 230 V/115 V 230 V/115 VVA VA % Article no. Article no. Article no.

RSTL 1200 1200 3340 94,1 0024–500–230–01 0025–400–230–01 0026–230–230–01

RSTL 1500 1500 4640 95,0 0024–500–230–02 0025–400–230–02 0026–230–230–02

RSTL 1800 1800 6000 95,5 0024–500–230–03 0025–400–230–03 0026–230–230–03

RSTL 2200 2200 7000 95,6 0024–500–230–04 0025–400–230–04 0026–230–230–04

RSTL 2500 2500 9075 95,8 0024–500–230–05 0025–400–230–05 0026–230–230–05

RSTL 3000 3000 10720 95,8 0024–500–230–06 0025–400–230–06 0026–230–230–06

RSTL 4200 4200 16720 96,4 0024–500–230–07 0025–400–230–07 0026–230–230–07

RSTL 5000 5000 20330 96,8 0024–500–230–08 0025–400–230–08 0026–230–230–08

RSTL 6300 6300 23450 97,0 0024–500–230–09 0025–400–230–09 0026–230–230–09

RSTL 8000 8000 25390 97,2 0024–500–230–10 0025–400–230–10 0026–230–230–10


pri. voltage ± 5% 230V 400V 500V

RSTL 1200 5,72 3,30 2,65

RSTL 1500 7,00 4,00 3,30

RSTL 1800 8,18 4,94 3,95

RSTL 2200 10,30 5,98 4,78

RSTL 2500 1 1 ,70 6,70 5,43

RSTL 3000 14,00 7,90 6,49

RSTL 4200 19,70 11 ,40 9,12

RSTL 5000 23,70 13,70 10,90

RSTL 6300 30,00 17,50 13,80

RSTL 8000 38,20 22,10 17,60

Rated current input



RSTL 1200 5,21 4 At 10,4 8 At

RSTL 1500 6,54 5 At 13,0 10 AgL

RSTL 1800 7,82 6,3 At 15,6 16 AgL

RSTL 2200 9,56 8 At 19, 1 16 AgL

RSTL 2500 10,80 8 At 21 ,7 20 AgL

RSTL 3000 13,00 10 AgL 26,0 20 AgL

RSTL 4200 18,20 16 AgL 36,5 35 AgL

RSTL 5000 21 ,70 20 AgL 43,4 50 AgL

RSTL 6300 27,30 25 AgL 54,7 50 AgL

RSTL 8000 34,70 35 AgL 69,5 63 AgL




Fusing recommendation: Below stated fusing recommendations refer to transformer's secondary side and safety fusecartridges comp. to IEC 127 / EN 60127 (A time-lag), or comp. to IEC 60269 (AgL). Concerning this and also for primaryfusing please observe paragraph 'Fusing', catalogue section 'In General'.

ad

ec

b

f

Horizontal design

Copper Total Approx. dimensions in mmModel Size weight weightapp. kg app. kg a b c d e f Attachm.

RSTL 1200 UI 120/ 51 4,40 13,60 166 143 230 146 160 80 M6

RSTL 1500 UI 120/ 61 4,50 15,00 166 153 230 146 160 85 M6

RSTL 1800 UI 120/ 75 5,50 17,00 166 167 230 146 160 92 M6

RSTL 2200 UI 150/ 52 6,60 21,00 200 147 285 174 200 80 M6

RSTL 2500 UI 150/ 65 7,20 24,80 200 160 285 174 200 87 M6

RSTL 3000 UI 150/ 77 7,60 28,00 200 172 285 174 200 93 M6

RSTL 4200 UI 150/ 92 9,20 31,00 200 187 285 174 200 101 M6

RSTL 5000 UI 150/103 12,90 38,50 200 200 285 174 200 106 M6

RSTL 6300 UI 180/ 78 16,80 48,00 240 185 340 204 240 100 M8

RSTL 8000 UI 180/ 93 20,70 57,00 240 200 340 204 240 108 M8

Short-term delivery Subject to technical modifications

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:34 Seite 7

A 1/8

Series REIA

Miniaturized transformers

In generalREIA-transformers can be applied worldwide, meet national and international regulations and are ready for those up-coming. Following designs are available:


Control transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-2, EN 61558-2-2, (30VA and up)

Isolation transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-4, EN 61558-2-4, (sec. 50V up to 500V max.)

Safety transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6, (sum total sec. no-load voltages max. 50V)


Particular advantages of series REIA:

- purchaser may select variable voltages

(pri. 110V...600V) and (sec. 6V...600V max. 63A)












Available accessories: fully integrated ground screw terminal Short-term delivery

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:35 Seite 8

A 1/9

Single-phase power transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-1, EN 61558-2-1




REIA 15 – 3000Design: Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separate windings, sturdy mounting brackets.Connection to non-tracking transformer terminals with screw connection. For currents above 20A terminal blocks withscrew connections may be used also. In this case dimensions b and c increase. The terminals are protected against fin-ger touch or contact with the back of the hand in compliance with accident prevention regulations (VBG 4).

Standard design for translation up to max. 600 V resp. 20A.

Further designs available on request (voltages, currents, connections, mounting etc.).



ad

c

Pri.Sek.f

be

*) Copper TotalModel Power Size Article no. weight weightApprox. dimensions in mm

VA app. kg app. kg a b c d e f Attachm.

REIA 15 15 EI 54/ 18* 9–001–01 0,07 0,35 55 45 75 44 34 41 M 3

REIA 18 18 EI 60/ 21 9–001–02 0,08 0,45 60 48 80 44 37 43 M 3

REIA 30 30 EI 66/ 23 9–001–03 0,12 0,60 66 53 82 50 41 44 M 4

REIA 40 40 EI 66/ 34 9–001–04 0,15 0,90 66 67 82 50 52 49 M 4

REIA 50 50 EI 78/ 27 9–001–05 0,27 1,20 78 59 90 56 45 45 M 4

REIA 63 63 EI 78/ 36 9–001–06 0,28 1,47 78 69 90 56 54 50 M 4

REIA 75 75 EI 84/ 29 9–001–07 0,29 1,60 85 63 95 64 47 47 M 4

REIA 100 100 EI 84/ 43 9–001–08 0,34 2,10 85 75 95 64 61 53 M 4

REIA 140 140 EI 96/ 35 9–001–09 0,45 2,30 96 77 104 84 61 50 M 5

REIA 145 145 EI 84/ 52 9–001–10 0,52 2,20 85 83 95 64 70 58 M 4

REIA 180 180 EI 105/ 37 9–001–1 1 0,53 3,00 105 80 1 1 1 84 62 51 M 5

REIA 200 200 EI 96/ 45 9–001–12 0,58 2,90 96 87 114 84 70 54 M 5

REIA 250 250 EI 96/ 59 9–001–13 0,66 3,70 96 100 114 84 84 61 M 5

REIA 270 270 EI 105/ 45 9–001–14 0,63 3,50 105 88 1 1 1 84 70 55 M 5

REIA 300 300 EI 105/ 55* 9–001–15 0,65 4,00 105 98 103 84 80 60 M 5

REIA 320 320 EI 105/ 60 9–001–16 0,73 4,50 105 101 1 1 1 84 85 62 M 5

REIA 330 330 EI 120/ 41 9–001–1 7 1,00 4,15 120 88 120 90 70 53 M 5

REIA 400 400 EI 120/ 53 9–001–18 1,03 5,20 120 103 120 90 82 58 M 5

REIA 460 460 EI 120/ 61 9–001–19 1,10 6,00 120 110 120 90 90 63 M 5

REIA 500 500 EI 120/ 73 9–001–20 1,10 6,90 120 121 120 90 102 69 M 5

REIA 510 510 EI 135/ 52 9–001–21 1,60 6,45 135 106 133 104 87 58 M 5

REIA 600 600 EI 135/ 62 9–001–22 1,70 7,00 135 116 133 104 97 63 M 5

REIA 630 630 EI 150N/49 9–001–23 1,68 7,80 150 108 147 122 83 57 M 6

REIA 700 700 EI 135/ 72 9–001–24 1,80 7,90 135 123 133 104 107 68 M 5

REIA 800 800 EI 150N/66 9–001–25 2,50 10,00 150 125 147 122 101 65 M 6

REIA 1000 1000 EI 150N/92 9–001–26 2,60 12,80 150 151 147 122 127 78 M 6

REIA 1100 1100 EI 174/ 62 9–001–27 2,80 12 ,70 174 129 154 135 97 63 M 6

REIA 1300 1300 EI 174/ 72 9–001–28 3,13 14 ,70 174 139 154 135 105 68 M 6

REIA 1600 1600 EI 174/ 82 9–001–29 3,40 16 ,70 174 149 154 135 116 73 M 6

REIA 1900 1900 EI 174/102 9–001–30 4,00 21 ,10 174 169 154 135 136 83 M 6

REIA 2000 2000 EI 192/ 82 9–001–31 4,50 22,50 195 156 175 150 125 73 M 8

REIA 2200 2200 EI 192/ 92* 9–001–32 5,50 23,80 195 166 168 150 134 78 M 8

REIA 2500 2500 EI 192/104 9–001–33 6,00 24,60 195 172 175 150 140 85 M 8

REIA 3000 3000 EI 192/110 9–001–34 6,60 26,90 195 184 175 150 152 87 M 8

*) Models without integral attachment barShort-term delivery Subject to technical modifications

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:35 Seite 9

A 1/10

Series URST

Universal control transformers

In generalWe recommend universal control transformers in cases of cramped storage space combined with the need for highvariety, making the use of many diverse single-phase control transformers insensible.

The multiple choices in primary connection (200...550V) for different mains input voltages featured by universal controltransformers, do not allow as optimal a design as control transformers series RSTN or REIA. And bearing the higherpurchase price in mind, one should consider prior to ordering, whether applying universal control transformers is ne-cessary, since we guarantee short-term deliveries for special makes also.

Regulations and instructions for single-phase control transformers regarding mechanical and electrical requirementsare valid for universal control transformers also. The main difference to single-phase control transformers, apart fromthe wide range of primary voltages, is the extended secondary range. The provided 2 - 6 output voltages increase ap-plication possibilities even further. On output-side, only the current allocated to each winding section may flow in eachconnection mode (parallel connection 2 x rated current, series connection 1 x rated current).

When this rule is observed, further output voltages can be drawn apart from those stated. However, the rated outputfor the size in question is no longer achieved in such cases.

Therefore, this solution recommends itself only in individual cases where a different voltage has to be made availablequickly.

URST-transformers can be applied worldwide, meet national and international regulations and are ready for those up-coming. Following design is available:

Control transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-2, EN 61558-2-2

Particular advantages of series URST:


- variable input voltage (200V...550V)

- extended secondary range










- stock items

Fusing recommendation:Below stated fusing recommendations refer to transformer's secondary side and safety fuse cartridges comp. to IEC 127/ EN 60127 (A time-lag) or comp. to IEC 60269 (AgL). Concerning this and also for primary fusing please observe para-graph 'Fusing', catalogue section 'In General'.

Model I 1 max. in I 1 max. inA A

pri. voltage 200V 550V

URST 100 0,50 0,20

URST 160 0,82 0,30

URST 250 1 ,30 0,50

URST 320 1 ,70 0,60

URST 400 2,05 0,75

URST 500 2,60 0,95

URST 630 3,25 1 ,20

URST 800 4,10 1 ,50

URST 1000 5,10 1 ,90

URST 1600 8,10 3,00

URST 2500 13,00 5,00

Rated current input

Model I2 in Fusing I2 in Fusing I2 in Fusing I2 in FusingA A A A A A A A

sec. voltage 115V 230V 24-30V (Parallel) 48-60V (Series)

URST 100 0,86 0,63At 0,43 0,315At 3,33 2,50At 1 ,66 1 ,25At

URST 160 1,39 1 ,00At 0,69 0,50At 5,33 4,00At 2,66 2,00At

URST 250 2,17 1 ,60At 1,08 0,80At 8,33 6,30At 4,16 3,15At

URST 320 2,78 2,00At 1,39 1,00At 10,66 8,00At 5,33 4,00At

URST 400 3,47 2,50At 1,73 1,25At 13,33 10,0AgL 6,66 5,00At

URST 500 4,34 3,15At 2, 17 1,60At 16,66 16,0AgL 8,33 6,30At

URST 630 5,47 4,00At 2,73 2,00At 20,00 16,0AgL 10,50 8,00At

URST 800 6,95 5,00At 3,47 2,50At 26,66 20,0AgL 13,33 10,0AgL

URST 1000 8,69 6,30At 4,34 3,15At 33,33 35,0AgL 16,66 16,0AgL

URST 1600 13,91 10,00At 6,95 5,00At - - - -

URST 2500 21,73 20,00At 10,86 8,0AgL - - - -


Standard stock itemsSubject to technical modifications

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:35 Seite 10

A 1/11


URST 100 – 2500Design: Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separate windings, sturdy mounting brackets.Connection to non-tracking transformer terminals with screw- and tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm up to 5 A, and 6.3 x 0.8mm up to 20A. According to DIN 46249 tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm can only be loaded up to 5 A, and 6.3 x 0.8 up to 20A. Above 20A terminal blocks with screw connections are used. The terminals are protected against finger touch or con-tact with the back of the hand in compliance with accident prevention regulations (VBG 4).


Voltage series:

Interchangeable input connections:

200/220/230/250/270/280/330/350/370/380/390/400/420/430/440/450/470/490/500/550V

Interchangeable output connections:

115/230V resp. 21/24/30//42/48/60V

Corresponding to connection diagram on rating plate, transformers are to be operated partly in parallel- or series con-nection.

ad

be

c

f

Power KB Efficiency 200..550 V 200...550 V Model VA cos � 0,5 � � 115/230 V 21/24/30 V

VA % Article no. Article no.

URST 100 100 225 88 4–550–230–01 4–550–030–01

URST 160 160 640 92 4–550–230–02 4–550–030–02

URST 250 250 800 93 4–550–230–03 4–550–030–03

URST 320 320 1100 93,5 4–550–230–04 4–550–030–04

URST 400 400 1250 94 4–550–230–05 4–550–030–05

URST 500 500 1700 94,5 4–550–230–06 4–550–030–06

URST 630 630 2550 95 4–550–230–07 4–550–030–07

URST 800 800 3550 95,5 4–550–230–08 4–550–030–08

URST 1000 1000 4400 96 4–550–230–09 4–550–030-09

URST 1600 1600 5300 96 4–550–230–10 -

URST 2500 2500 9000 97 4–550–230–1 1 -

Copper TotalModel Approx. dimensions in mmweight weight

app. kg app. kg a b c d e 2 x f Attachment

URST 100 0,45 2,00 85 76 85 64 61 2x48 M 4

URST 160 0,75 3,80 105 88 103 84 70 2x56 M 5

URST 250 0,80 4,50 120 88 114 90 71 2x54 M 5

URST 320 1,30 5,30 120 100 114 90 82 2x60 M 5

URST 400 1,50 6,00 120 106 114 90 90 2x64 M 5

URST 500 1,90 7,80 150 108 138 122 87 2x59 M 6

URST 630 2,80 10 , 10 150 125 138 122 101 2x66 M 6

URST 800 2,90 14,30 174 129 148 135 97 2x64 M 6

URST 1000 3,20 15,70 174 138 148 135 107 2x69 M 6

URST 1600 7,00 25,00 205 154 168 150 124 2x74 M 8

URST 2500 10,00 32,40 205 172 168 150 141 2x82 M 8

Standard stock items Subject to technical modifications

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:35 Seite 11

A 1/12

Series RSST

Anti-interference transformers with special screening

In generalRSST-transformers can be applied worldwide, meet national and international regulations and are ready for those up-coming. Following designs are available:

Control transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-2, EN 61558-2-2,Isolation transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-4, EN 61558-2-4,

Particular advantages of series RSST:



- wide band interference pulse suppression






- voltage adaptation via +-5% taps




- stock items

Available accessories: fully integrated ground screw terminal

Transmission loss, example model RSST 200

Standard stock items

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:35 Seite 12

A 1/13



RSST 100 – 1000In general: Riedel anti-interference control transformers guarantee excellent, wide band interference voltage suppres-sion of both symmetrical and asymmetrical factors.

The graph on previous page shows a typical suppression progress dependent on frequency, as an example portrayedby anti-interference control transformer RSST 200. Its' special sreening increases the standard high-frequency trans-mission loss of a 50 Hz transformer by about 20 dB. The special shielding of high permeability is a protected develop-ment by our company. Not only can it be applied in the active anti-interference transformer but also to increase sup-pression in all other products using a transformer with indirect-coupled windings.

Design: Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separate windings, sturdy mounting brackets.Connection to non-tracking transformer terminals with screw- and tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm up to 5 A, and 6.3 x 0.8mm at higher current. According to DIN 46249 tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm can only be loaded up to 5 A, and 6.3 x 0.8 upto 20 A. The terminals are protected against finger touch or contact with the back of the hand in compliance with accidentprevention regulations (VBG 4). Ground connection via tab blade connection 6.3 x 0.8 mm. Accessory ground screw con-nection terminal available.

IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23 with natural cooling, insulation class E, max. ambient tempe-rature 40°C.

Model I 1 max. inA

pri. voltage 220/230/240 V

RSST 100 0,52

RSST 130 0,65

RSST 200 1 ,00

RSST 250 1 ,23

RSST 320 1 ,57

RSST 400 1 ,94

RSST 500 2,42

RSST 630 3,05

RSST 800 3,83

RSST 1000 4,78

Rated current input

Model I2 in FusingA A

sec. voltage 230V

RSST 100 0,43 0,315 At

RSST 130 0,56 0,40 At

RSST 200 0,86 0,63 At

RSST 250 1,08 0,80 At

RSST 320 1,39 1,00 At

RSST 400 1,73 1,25 At

RSST 500 2,17 1,60 At

RSST 630 2,73 2,00 At

RSST 800 3,47 2,50 At

RSST 1000 4,34 3,15 At


Fusing recommendation:Below stated fusing recommendations refer to transformer's secondary side and safety fuse cartridges comp. to IEC127 / EN 60127 (A time-lag). Concerning this and also for primary fusing please observe paragraph 'Fusing', cataloguesection 'In General'.

Other voltages on requestStandard stock items Subject to technical modifications

Model SizeCopper Total 220/230/240 V Efficiency KB

Approx. dimensions in mmweight weight 230 V � � cos � = 0,5

VA app. kg app. kg Article no. % VA a b c d e f Attachment

RSST 100 100 0,34 2, 1 47–230–230–01 86 225 85 75 95 64 61 2x53 M 4

RSST 130 130 0,45 2,3 47–230–230–02 90 300 96 77 104 84 61 50 M 5

RSST 200 200 0,58 2,9 47–230–230–03 92 490 96 87 104 84 70 54 M 5

RSST 250 250 0,66 3,7 47–230–230–04 92 690 96 100 104 84 84 6 1 M 5

RSST 320 320 0,73 4,5 47–230–230–05 92 850 120 101 1 1 1 84 85 62 M 5

RSST 400 400 1,03 5,2 47–230–230–06 93 1100 120 105 120 90 82 58 M 5

RSST 500 500 1,1 0 6,9 47–230–230–07 94 1510 120 121 120 90 102 69 M 5

RSST 630 630 1,68 7,8 47–230–230–08 94 1700 150 108 147 122 83 57 M 6

RSST 800 800 2,50 10,0 47–230–230–09 95 2550 150 125 147 122 101 65 M 6

RSST 1000 1000 2,60 12,8 47–230–230–10 95 3750 150 151 147 122 127 78 M 6

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:35 Seite 13

A 1/14

Single-phase power transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-1, EN 61558-2-1




RUE 280 – 20000In general:

RUE-transformers can be applied worldwide, meet national and international regulations and are ready for those upco-ming. Choose from following designs:


Control transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-2, EN 61558-2-2, (280VA and up)

Isolation transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-4, EN 61558-2-4, (sec. 50V and up)



Design:Open frame, vertical design, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separate windings, sturdy mountingbrackets. Connection to non-tracking transformer terminals with screw connection. Above 20A transformer terminalblocks or terminal blocks with screw connections are used, (dimensions b1 and c1 increase). The terminals are pro-tected against finger touch or contact with the back of the hand in compliance with accident prevention regulations(VBG 4).




Below stated dimensions and weights may show currently valid standards only. They remain subject to change.

Power Copper Total Approx. dimensions in mmModel VA Size Article no. weight weightapp. kg app. kg a b b 1 c c 1 d e Attachm.

RUE 280 280 UI 75/ 4 1 0059-00000280 0,95 3,60 100 8 1 98 132 197 63 64 M 5

RUE 630 630 UI 90/ 5 1 0059-00000630 1 ,65 6,30 120 95 113 157 222 76 76 M 6

RUE 980 980 UI 102 / 57 0059-00000980 2,50 7,70 140 103 1 17 177 242 76 87 M 6

RUE 1200 1200 UI 120 / 5 1 0059-00001200 4,40 13,60 160 105 117 208 273 100 79 M 6

RUE 1400 1400 UI 114 / 64 0059-00001400 3,50 13,00 154 1 14 129 198 263 100 95 M 6

RUE 1500 1500 UI 120 / 6 1 0059-00001500 4,50 15,00 160 1 15 127 208 273 100 89 M 6

RUE 1800 1800 UI 120 / 75 0059-00001800 5,50 17,00 160 129 141 208 273 100 103 M 6

RUE 2000 2000 UI 132 / 72 0059-00002000 5,85 20,00 178 132 143 228 293 112 102 M 8

RUE 2200 2200 UI 150 / 52 0059-00002200 6,60 21 ,00 200 122 128 260 325 124 94 M 8

RUE 2500 2500 UI 150 / 65 0059-00002500 7,20 24,80 200 135 141 260 325 124 107 M 8

RUE 3000 3000 UI 150 / 77 0059-00003000 7,60 28,00 200 147 153 260 325 124 119 M 8

RUE 4200 4200 UI 150 / 92 0059-00004200 9,20 31 ,00 200 162 168 260 325 124 134 M 8

RUE 5000 5000 UI 150 /103 0059-00005000 12,90 38,50 200 173 180 260 325 124 145 M 8

RUE 6000 6000 UI 168 / 92 0059-00006000 15,00 42,00 228 172 175 287 352 136 144 M 8

RUE 6300 6300 UI 180 / 78 0059-00006300 16,80 48,00 240 168 168 305 370 144 140 M 8

RUE 8000 8000 UI 180 / 93 0059-00008000 20,70 57,00 240 183 183 305 370 144 155 M 8

RUE 10000 10000 UI 210 / 88 0059-00010000 29,10 78,00 280 188 188 360 425 176 158 M10

RUE 13000 13000 UI 210 /103 0059-00013000 33,00 89,00 280 203 203 360 425 176 173 M10

RUE 16000 16000 UI 210 /133 0059-00016000 41,90 112,00 280 233 233 360 425 176 203 M10

RUE 20000 20000 UI 240/140 0059-00020000 42,00 129,00 320 250 250 410 475 196 214 M14

ad

be

b1

c c1


A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:35 Seite 14

A 1/15

Single-phase high-power transformers comp. to VDE 0532

REST 20 – 120In general:

The rectangular core stacks of our single-phase high-power transformers are made of two-layered grain-orientedlow-loss strips. The windings consist of high-grade insulated double-lacquered massive copper. Core and windingsare vacuum impregnated together and subsequently baked in the drying oven for several hours.

The transformer's electrical design ensures best possible efficiency and a temperature rise remaining far below the li-mits specified in regulation VDE. A sound design guarantees almost unlimited service life even at occurring overload.

REST-transformers can be applied worldwide, meet national and international regulations and are ready for those up-coming. Following design is available:

High-power transformers comp. to VDE 0532

Design:

Open frame, vertical design, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separate windings, sturdy mountingbrackets. Connection to robust terminal blocks (up to 450 A) resp. studs, line bars or cable lugs (not measured). Maxi-mal voltage (phase-phase) 2000V.

IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23 with natural cooling, max. ambient temperature 40°C.

Insulation class F (average value temperature 140°C)

Attention: higher thermal load at lower efficiency

Because each high power transformer is individually designed, below stated dimensions and weights may show thecurrently valid state only and remain subject to modification.

We manufacture single-phase high-power transformers in all requested protection classes up to IP 65.

All types may be delivered as single-phase auto-transformers also (please find calculation method in section 'transformersin economy winding', catalogue part 'In General').

* depending on design and winding type of special currents all measurement may vary, especial-ly measurement b may enlarge up to 100mm!Measurment d and e on request

Copper TotalModel Power Article no. weight weight

Approx. dimensions in mmkVA app. kg app. kg a b* c c1 up to 63A

REST 20 20,0 0058-00-00020 on request 140 360 240 420 c +100

REST 25 25,0 0058-00-00025 on request 1 70 360 260 420 c +100

REST 30 30,0 0058-00-00030 on request 200 360 265 420 c +100

REST 40 40,0 0058-00-00040 on request 250 360 265 460 c +100

REST 50 50,0 0058-00-00050 on request 300 400 260 570 c +150

REST 63 63,0 0058-00-00063 on request 340 400 290 570 c +150

REST 80 80,0 0058-00-00080 on request 380 400 300 570 c +150

REST 100 100,0 0058-00-00 100 on request 460 440 320 620 c +150

REST 120 120,0 0058-00-00 120 on request 580 520 360 660 c +150

Short-term delivery Subject to technical modificationsHigher powers on request

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:35 Seite 15

A 1/16

Single-phase auto transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-13, EN 61558-2-13

RLTS 80 – 900

Single-phase auto transformers for single-phase fan-motors

In general: Transformers series RLTS are single-phase auto transformers featuring 7 stages and were specially desi-gned for air conditioning and air engineering. Following design is available:

Auto transformers comp. to VDE 0570

Design: Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, economy winding, sturdy mounting brackets.Connection to non-tracking transformer terminals with screw- and tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm up to 5 A, and 6.3 x 0.8mm up to 20A. According to DIN 46249 tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm can only be loaded up to 5 A, and 6.3 x 0.8 up to20 A. Above 20A terminal blocks with screw connections are used. The terminals are protected against finger touch orcontact with the back of the hand in compliance with accident prevention regulations (VBG 4).



Voltage range: Input voltage: 230 VOutput voltages: 80/100/125/150/175/190/230 V

Special design: Series RLTS is also available in housing protection class IP 23 with following option:

Option: multicontact switch, operation indication lamp, housing etc.

(prices on request).



Model Current Article no. Copper Total Approx. dimensions in mmweight weight

A app. kg app. kg a b c d e f Attachment

RLTS 80 1,45 50–230–01 0,28 1,47 78 67 80 56 54 47 M 4

RLTS 1 1 5 2,10 50–230–02 0,35 2,00 85 75 85 64 61 53 M 4

RLTS 220 4,00 50–230–03 0,63 3,50 105 86 103 84 70 53 M 5

RLTS 410 7,50 50–230–04 1,10 5,50 120 105 112 90 82 58 M 5

RLTS 600 1 1 ,00 50–230–05 1,80 8,00 150 108 136 122 83 57 M 6

RLTS 710 13,00 50–230–06 2,60 10,00 150 130 136 122 101 65 M 6

RLTS 900 16,50 50–230–07 2,80 13,50 150 156 136 122 127 78 M 6

RLTS 1090 20,00 50–230–08 2,90 13,10 174 129 149 135 96 63 M 6

RLTS 1310 24,00 50–230–09 3,50 17,50 174 149 149 135 116 73 M 6

RLTS 1745 32,00 50–230–10 4,00 21,10 174 169 149 135 136 83 M 6

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:35 Seite 16

A 1/17



RGTT 500 – 3000

Portable transformers

In general: Single-phase isolation transformers RGTT are compounded into non-hygroscope plastic cases specially de-signed for the electrical industry. They are shock resistant and self-extinguishing.

The unit's input features a 230V supply line (2 m long) inclusive plug, an inrush current limitation and an exchangeableexternal fuse.

The output is equipped with an earthing contact socket called Schuko (230V) or an attachment socket type CEE. Out-put current drains are dictated by CEEform regulation DIN VDE 0623, EN 60309.

Attention: Earthing contact primary and secondary not connected!

Design secondary up to 25V 50/60Hz max. 32A



Please state secondary voltage in your order also.

Design: IP 44 when Schuko-socket, IP 65 when CEE-socket, protection class II, max. ambient temperature 40°C.


Design secondary output:

Model sec. up to 25 V sec. up to 50 V sec. up to 110 V sec. 230 V sec. 230 V

RGTT 250 1 x CEE 32A 1 x CEE 16A 1 x CEE 16A 1 x CEE 16A 1 x Schuko 16A




RGTT 1600 – 2 x CEE 32A 1 x CEE 16A 1 x CEE 16A 1 x Schuko 16A




Model Power Article no. Article no. Copper Total Approx. dimensions in mmweight weight

VA 24V-230V (CEE) 230V (Schuko) kg kg a b c

RGTT 250 250 0010-60020-00 0011-60021-00 0,65 7,5 166 250 219

RGTT 500 500 0010-60020-01 0011-60021-01 1,10 10,0 166 250 219

RGTT 800 800 0010-60020-02 0011-60021-02 2,50 14,5 192 276 259

RGTT 1000 1000 0010-60020-03 0011-60021-03 2,60 17,5 192 276 259

RGTT 1600 1600 0010-60020-04 0011-60021-04 3,40 23,0 340 265 280

RGTT 2000 2000 0010-60020-05 0011-60021-05 5,00 31,5 340 265 280

RGTT 2500 2500 0010-60020-06 0011-60021-06 6,00 34,0 340 265 280

RGTT 3000 3000 0010-60020-07 0011-60021-07 6,60 37,5 340 265 280

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:35 Seite 17

A_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 11:35 Seite 18

The safety of rail traffic and the punctuality of trains are of primeimportance to German Rail. Extensive electric and electronicswitch plants guarantee smooth running around the clock.German Rail cannot afford breakdowns in its power supply – agood reason to apply Riedel products.

BProduct groupCopyright: Deutsche Bundesbahn/Riedel

Three-phase transformers

Load capacity of neutral point (star point):Regarding neutral point load capacity of three-phase transformers, observe below following to avoid additional lossesand neutral point shifting:

Star-star connection:The neutral point may only be loaded with full rated current (line-to-line current), when neutral conductor of sup-ply line is connected rigidly to primary neutral point of transformer. Otherwise, neutral point may only be loadedwith app. 10% line-to-line current.

The same rule applies for three-phase auto transformers in star-economy design.

Taking no special measures, following connection modes amount to 100% load of neutral point:

Delta-star connection with secondary extended neutral point Dy5Star-zigzag connection with secondary extended neutral point Yz5

If three-phase sets are formed via 3 single-phase transformers, then load of neutral point must definitely be avoided.

Designation Code no. Vector group Vector diagram Circuit configuration Secondary

star point

none

10% loadcapacity

full loadcapacity

none

10% loadcapacity

full loadcapacity

full loadcapacity

none

full loadcapacity

full loadcapacity

none

full loadcapacity

10% loadcapacity

Vector groupsThe vector group marks the circui-try of windings and their phase po-sition to each other. It consists of acapital and small letter plus a codenumber.

The capital letter refers to the inputwinding, the small to the outputwinding. The upper voltage is mar-ked by 1 in front, the undervoltageby a 2 in front, regardless of input-or output voltage. A 1 in back on thecontrary, marks the beginning of awinding, a 2 in back the end. Tabsare marked 3 and 4 in back. Thenumbers correlate to letters U V Wand distinguish the 3 phases. Theneutral point (star point) is alwaysmarked N.

The most common vector groupsare summarized alongside, inputleft-hand, output right-hand.

Unless otherwise requested,three-phase transformers are pre-ferentially delivered in star-starconnection.

If on secondary side, in relation tothe primary side, higher currents atsmaller voltages are needed, pre-ferentially Yd5 / Yd11 is used be-cause of the winding cross sec-tions.

B_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 16:18 Seite 2

B 1/1

Single-phase auto transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-13, EN 61558-2-13

RDLTS 95 – 1800

Single-phase auto transformers in V-circuit arrangement for three-phase fan-motors(1 set consisting of 2 individual transformers)

In general: Transformers series RDLTS are single-phase auto transformers featuring 5 stages and were specially desi-gned for air conditioning and air engineering. Following design is available:

Auto transformers comp. to VDE 0570

Design: Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, economy winding, sturdy mounting brackets.Connection to non-tracking transformer terminals with screw- and tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm up to 5 A, and 6.3 x 0.8mm up to 20A. According to DIN 46249 tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm can only be loaded up to 5 A, and 6.3 x 0.8 up to 20A. Above 20A terminal blocks with screw connections are used. The terminals are protected against finger touch or con-tact with the back of the hand in compliance with accident prevention regulations (VBG 4).


IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23 with natural air self-cooling, insulation class E, max. ambienttemperature 40°C.

Voltage range: Input voltage: 400V 3~Output voltages: 140/180/230/280/400V

Special design: Series RDLTS is also available in housing protection class IP 23 with following option:

Option: multicontact switch, operation indication lamp, housing etc.

(prices on request).


V-circuit:

Model Current Article no. Copper Total Approx. dimensions in mmweight weight

A kg/set kg/set a b c d e f Attachment

RDLTS 95 1,0 51–400–0 1 0,6 4,0 78 67 80 56 54 47 M 4

RDLTS 190 2,0 51–400–02 1,4 6,8 105 78 103 84 62 49 M 4

RDLTS 285 3,0 51–400–03 1,8 7,8 105 86 103 84 70 53 M 4

RDLTS 380 4,0 51–400–04 2,2 13,0 120 93 112 90 70 52 M 5

RDLTS 475 5,0 51–400–05 4,0 14,6 120 105 112 90 82 58 M 5

RDLTS 660 7,0 51–400–06 7,1 1 7 , 1 150 108 136 122 83 57 M 6

RDLTS 950 10,0 51–400–07 10,9 20,2 150 124 136 122 101 65 M 6

RDLTS 1330 14,0 51–400–08 12,4 28,4 174 139 149 135 106 68 M 6

RDLTS 1800 19,0 51–400–09 18,0 40,1 174 169 149 135 136 83 M 6

RDLTS 2465 26,0 51–400–10 23,0 44,0 195 175 188 150 110 68 M 8

RDLTS 3410 36,0 51–400–1 1 36,0 58,0 231 182 218 180 114 68 M 10


B_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 16:18 Seite 1

B 1/2

Three-phase power transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-1, EN 61558-2-1

Three-phase isolation transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-4, EN 61558-2-4

Three-phase safety transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

DRUE 50 - 36000 (Insulation class E)DRUF 6000 - 40000 (Insulation class F)In general: Transformers DRUE and DRUF can be applied worldwide, meet national and international regulations andare ready for those upcoming. Choose from following designs:

Power transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-1, EN 61558-2-1, (50VA...1kVA), < 1kVA = special transformer

Isolation transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-4, EN 61558-2-4, (sec. 50V and up)



Design: Open frame, vertical design, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separate windings, sturdymounting brackets. Connection to non-tracking transformer terminals with screw connection. Above 60A non-trak-king terminal blocks are mounted on head angles (attention: dimensions b and c will increase, not stated below). Theterminals are protected against finger touch or contact with the back of the hand in compliance with accident preven-tion regulations (VBG 4).



IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23 with natural air self-cooling, max. ambient temperature 40°C.

Insulation class E (average value temperature 115°C)


Attention: Higher thermal stress at lower efficiency

We manufacture these three-phase miniaturized transformers in all requested protection classes up to IP 65.

All types are also available as three-phase auto transformers (please find calculation method in catalogue section 'In gene-ral', paragraph 'Transformers in economy winding').

Preferential circuitry: YNyn0; Dyn 5; Yd5

Model with transformer terminals - usually up to 60A

Model with terminal blocks - above 60A


B_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 16:18 Seite 2

DRUE 50 – 36000 (insulation class E)DRUF 6000 – 40000 (insulation class F)All types are also available as three-phase auto transformers (please find calculation method in catalogue section 'In gene-ral', paragraph 'Transformers in economy winding').

B 1/3

Model Power � � Core Article no. Copper Total Approx. dimensions in mmweight weight

VA % kg kg a b c d e Attach.

DRUE 50 50 85,0 3 UI 48/ 26 13–000–01 E 0,22 1 ,2 96 86 100 71 48 M 4

DRUE 110 110 86,0 3 UI 60/ 21 13-000-02 E 0,7 1 ,7 120 8 1 110 90 39 M 4

DRUE 150 150 87,0 3 UI 60/ 31 13-000-03 E 0,8 2,4 120 9 1 110 90 49 M 4

DRUE 260 260 91,0 3 UI 75/ 26 13-000-04 E 1,1 3,9 150 86 135 113 49 M 5

DRUE 410 410 92,0 3 UI 75/ 41 13-000-05 E 1,5 5,7 150 101 135 113 64 M 5

DRUE 500 500 92,5 3 UI 90/ 31 13-000-06 E 2,2 6,6 180 91 155 136 57 M 6

DRUE 630 630 93,5 3 UI 90/ 41 13-000-07 E 2,5 8,4 180 101 155 136 67 M 6

DRUE 800 800 94,0 3 UI 90/ 51 13-000-08 E 2,8 10,2 180 1 1 1 155 136 77 M 6

DRUE 1 000 1 000 94,0 3 UI 102/ 46 13-000-09 E 3,2 11,3 210 108 175 150 80 M 8

DRUE 1 100 1 100 94,0 3 UI 114/ 40 13-000-10 E 4,2 13, 1 228 110 195 176 7 1 M 6

DRUE 1 200 1200 94,5 3 UI 102/ 57 13-000-11 E 3,6 13,4 210 119 175 150 9 1 M 8

DRUE 1 500 1 500 95,0 3UI 120/ 51 13-000-12 E 4,6 17,0 240 121 205 185 8 1 M 8

DRUE 1 750 1 750 95,5 3UI 114/ 64 13-000-13 E 5,2 18,9 228 134 195 176 95 M 6

DRUE 2 000 2 000 95,5 3UI 120/ 61 13-000-14 E 6,3 21,0 240 131 205 185 9 1 M 8

DRUE 2 200 2 200 96,0 3UI 120/ 66 13-000-15 E 6,8 22,6 240 136 205 185 96 M 8

DRUE 2 400 2 400 96,0 3UI 120/ 71 13-000-16 E 8,0 25,0 240 141 205 185 101 M 8

DRUE 2 700 2 700 96,5 3UI 120/ 75 13-000-17 E 8,9 26,8 240 145 205 185 105 M 8

DRUE 3 000 3 000 96,5 3UI 132/ 72 13-000-18 E 8,4 29,2 265 152 230 200 102 M 8

DRUE 3 400 3 400 96,0 3UI 150/ 52 13-000-19 E 11,3 31,2 300 140 260 224 94 M 8

DRUE 4 400 4 400 96,5 3UI 150/ 65 13-000-20 E 12,2 36,6 300 153 260 224 108 M 8

DRUE 5 000 5 000 96,6 3UI 150/ 77 13-000-21 E 12,6 41 , 1 300 165 260 224 120 M 8

DRUE 6 000 6 000 96,8 3UI 150/ 92 13-000-22 E 15,6 49,6 300 180 260 224 134 M 8

DRUE 6 300 6 300 96,8 3UI 168/ 75 13-000-23 E 16,4 51,3 336 150 290 248 127 M 8

DRUE 8 000 8 000 97,1 3UI 168/ 92 13-000-24 E 20,2 62,5 336 170 290 248 144 M 8

DRUE 8 200 8 200 97,0 3UI 180/ 78 13-000-25 E 20,5 62,0 360 180 310 264 140 M 8

DRUE 10 000 10 000 97,4 3UI 180/ 93 13-000-26 E 26,6 76,0 360 195 310 264 155 M 8

DRUE 13 000 13 000 97, 1 3UI 210/ 73 13-000-27 E 37,7 90,0 420 180 360 316 143 M 10

DRUE 16 000 16 000 97,6 3UI 210/ 88 13-000-28 E 46,8 110,0 420 195 360 316 158 M 10

DRUE 18 000 18 000 97,8 3UI 210/103 13-000-29 E 48,6 122,0 420 210 360 316 173 M 10

DRUE 20 000 20 000 97,8 3UI 210/133 13-000-30 E 49,8 144,0 420 240 360 316 203 M 10

DRUE 25 000 25 000 98,2 3UI 210/133 13-000-31 E 54,8 146,0 420 240 360 316 203 M 10

DRUE 30 000 30 000 98,0 3UI 240/110 13-000-32 E 79,4 181,0 480 240 415 356 184 M 14

DRUE 36 000 36 000 98,1 3UI 240/140 13-000-33 E 88,9 218,0 480 270 415 356 214 M 14

Design insulation class E

Model Power � � Core Article no. Copper Total Approx. dimensions in mmweight weight

VA % kg kg a b c d e Attach.

DRUF 6 000 6 000 95,2 3UI 150/ 77 13-000-01 F 12,6 4 1 ,1 300 165 260 224 120 M 8

DRUF 7 500 7 500 95,4 3UI 150/ 92 13-000-02 F 15,6 49,6 300 180 260 224 134 M 8

DRUF 8 000 8 000 95,6 3UI 168/ 75 13-000-03 F 16,4 51,3 336 150 290 248 127 M 8

DRUF 9 600 9 600 95,8 3UI 168/ 92 13-000-04 F 20,2 62,5 336 170 290 248 144 M 8

DRUF 10 000 10 000 95,9 3UI 180/ 78 13-000-05 F 20,5 62,0 360 180 310 264 140 M 8

DRUF 12 000 12 000 96,3 3UI 180/ 93 13-000-06 F 26,6 76,0 360 195 310 264 155 M 8

DRUF 16 000 16 000 96,8 3UI 210/ 73 13-000-07 F 33,9 86,0 420 180 360 316 143 M 10

DRUF 19 000 19 000 96,8 3UI 210/ 88 13-000-08 F 46,8 110,0 420 195 360 316 158 M 10

DRUF 21 500 21 500 97,0 3UI 210/103 13-000-09 F 48,6 122,0 420 210 360 316 173 M 10

DRUF 25 000 25 000 97,5 3UI 210/133 13-000-10 F 55,6 150,0 420 240 360 316 203 M 10

DRUF 30 000 30 000 98,0 3UI 210/133 13-000-11 F 54,8 146,0 420 240 360 316 203 M 10

DRUF 36 000 36 000 97,8 3UI 240/110 13-000-12 F 79,4 181,0 480 240 415 356 184 M 14

DRUF 40 000 40 000 97,9 3UI 240/140 13-000-13 F 88,9 218,0 480 270 415 356 214 M 14

Design insulation class F

Three-phase power transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-1, EN 61558-2-1

Three-phase isolation transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-4, EN 61558-2-4

Three-phase safety transformers comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6


B_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 16:18 Seite 3

B 1/4

Three-phase dry-type transformers comp. to VDE 0532

RDST 40 – 320In general:

The rectangular core stacks of our three-phase high power transformers are made of two-layered grain-oriented low-loss strips. The windings consist of high-grade insulated double-lacquered massive copper. Core and windings are va-cuum impregnated together and subsequently baked in the drying oven for several hours.

The electrical layout of the transformers is such, that high efficiency is achieved and that transformers remain well be-low the permissible heating limit specified in VDE regulation. Sound planning guarantees an almost unlimited service life,even when overload of transformers occurs.

RDST-transformers can be applied worldwide, meet national and international regulations and are ready for those up-coming. Following design is available:

Three-phase dry-type transformers comp. to VDE 0532

Design:

Open frame, vertical design, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separate windings, sturdy mountingbrackets. Connection to sturdy connection terminals (up to 450A) resp. line bars or cable terminals (measurementsare not stated below). Maximal voltage (phase-phase) 2000V.

IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23 naturally air self-cooling, ambient temperature 40°C.


Attention: Higher thermal stress at lower efficiency

Because each high power transformer is individually designed, below stated dimensions and weights may show thecurrently valid state only and remains subject to modification

We manufacture three-phase dry-type transformers in all requested protection classes up to IP 65.

All types are also available as three-phase auto transformers (please find calculation method in catalogue section 'In gene-ral', paragraph 'Transformers in economy winding').



Copper TotalModel Power Article no weight weight

Approx. dimensions in mmkVA app. kg app. kg a b* c c1 up to 63A

RDST 40 40,0 0335-00-00040 on request 180 550 220 460 c+100

RDST 50 50,0 0335-00-00050 on request 210 550 270 460 c+100

RDST 63 63,0 0335-00-00063 on request 250 550 300 470 c+100

RDST 80 80,0 0335-00-00080 on request 250 650 300 570 c+100

RDST 100 100,0 0335-00-00100 on request 300 650 320 570 c+100

RDST 125 125,0 0335-00-00125 on request 380 720 320 570 c+150

RDST 160 160,0 0335-00-00160 on request 510 720 380 620 c+150

RDST 170 170,0 0335-00-00170 on request 560 800 360 680 c+150

RDST 200 200,0 0335-00-00200 on request 630 800 400 680 c+150

RDST 250 250,0 0335-00-00250 on request 680 800 450 760 c+150

RDST 320 320,0 0335-00-00320 on request 840 1060 420 900 c+150

* Depending on design and winding type of special currents all measurements may vary, especi-ally measurement b may enlarge up to 100mm!Measurement d and e on request

Higher powers on request

B_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 16:18 Seite 4

Three-phase starter-transformers comp. to VDE 0532


RATE 15 – 900 (insulation class E)RATF 55 – 900 (insulation class F)Three-phase dry-type transformers for motor starting, pump starting, compressor starting etc. featuring aggravatedstarting load, rated current fusing possible, supersedes star delta-switch, comp. DIN VDE 0532 part 21

Wiring diagram for starter-transformers


* Depending on design and winding type of special currents all measurements may vary, especi-ally measurement b may enlarge up to 100mm!Measurement d and e on request

Voltage 3AC 400V (50/60Hz), max. 15 starts/hour, max. 24 starts/day, starting time max.15 seconds, 3 steps for vol-tage reduction to 50%, 65% and 80%, motor rush 8 x Irated, transformer-star point (2U/2V/2W) with abated cross-section open on terminal (Korndörfer circuit), open design IP00, prepared for installation up to IP23 at natural con-vection, version RATE features lower losses and end temperatures than RATF

Main circuit Push button for auxiliary circuit (Korndörfer-circuit)

B 1/5

B_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 16:18 Seite 5

Three-phase starter-transformers comp. to VDE 0532


RATE 15 – 900 (insulation class E)RATF 55 – 900 (insulation class F)Three phase-dry type-transformers for starting motors, pumps, compressors etc. featuring aggravated starting load,rated current fusing possible, supersedes star delta-switch, comp. DIN VDE 0532 part 21

Design insulation class E

Model Motor Article no.Copperweight

Totalweight

Approx. dimensions in mm

kW kg kg a b c d e Attach.

RATE 1 5 15 0321-000-015 5 19 240 130 265 185 81 M 8

RATE 1 9 19 0321-000-019 6 23 240 140 265 185 91 M 8

RATE 22 22 0321-000-022 9 27 240 150 265 185 101 M 8

RATE 30 30 0321-000-030 12 33 300 155 360 224 94 M 8

RATE 45 45 0321-000-045 14 44 300 165 360 224 108 M 8

RATE 55 55 0321-000-055 17 55 336 180 390 248 127 M 8

RATE 75 75 0321-000-075 23 66 336 200 390 248 144 M 8

RATE 90 90 0321-000-090 28 80 360 230 410 264 155 M 8

RATE 110 1 10 0321-000-110 39 94 420 220 460 316 143 M 10

RATE 132 132 0321-000-132 48 114 420 270 460 316 173 M 10

RATE 160 160 0321-000-160 50 127 420 290 460 316 203 M 10

RATE 220 220 0321-000-220 58 151 420 320 460 316 203 M 10

RATE 280 280 0321-000-280 80 186 480 300 530 356 184 M 14

RATE 320 320 0321-000-320 91 224 480 330 530 356 214 M 14

RATE 350 350 0321-000-350 91 224 480 340 530 356 214 M 14

RATE 375 375 0321-000-375 95 228 480 360 530 356 214 M 14

RATE 400 400 0321-000-400 86 250 550 400 600 450 ~190 M 12

RATE 630 630 0321-000-630 103 260 550 450 600 450 ~190 M 12

RATE 720 720 0321-000-720 118 300 650 400 700 560 ~190 M 12

RATE 830 830 0321-000-830 138 380 650 460 700 560 ~210 M 12

RATE 900 900 0321-000-900 145 420 720 450 730 590 ~210 M 12

Design insulation class F

Model Motor Article no.Copperweight

Totalweight


kW kg kg a b c d e Attach.

RATF 55 55 0322-000-055 14 44 300 165 360 224 108 M 8

RATF 75 75 0322-000-075 17 55 336 180 390 248 127 M 8

RATF 90 90 0322-000-090 23 66 360 210 410 264 140 M 8

RATF 110 1 10 0322-000-110 28 80 360 230 410 264 155 M 8

RATF 132 132 0322-000-132 39 94 420 270 460 316 143 M 10

RATF 160 160 0322-000-160 48 114 420 290 460 316 173 M 10

RATF 220 220 0322-000-220 50 127 420 320 460 316 203 M 10

RATF 280 280 0322-000-280 58 151 420 340 460 316 203 M 10

RATF 320 320 0322-000-320 80 186 480 300 530 356 184 M 14

RATF 350 350 0322-000-350 91 224 480 330 530 356 214 M 14

RATF 375 375 0322-000-375 91 224 480 340 530 356 214 M 14

RATF 400 400 0322-000-400 95 228 480 360 530 356 214 M 14

RATF 630 630 0322-000-630 86 250 550 400 600 450 ~190 M 12

RATF 720 720 0322-000-720 103 260 550 450 600 450 ~190 M 12

RATF 830 830 0322-000-830 118 300 650 450 700 560 ~190 M 12

RATF 900 900 0322-000-900 138 380 650 470 700 560 ~210 M 12

On request other voltages, designs, sizes or also complete circuit arrangements incl. switch cabinet according to yourspecifications.

B 1/6

B_TEIL_041014.qxd 14.10.2004 16:18 Seite 6

The technical development in mobile radio has progressed far.Certainly the user may expect to communicate anytime evenduring power failure.

The economic manufacture of reliable products in state of the arttechnology is a chief component of our company philosophy – agood reason for the media industry and their suppliers to applyRiedel products.

Product groupCopyright: Riedel

C

C 1/2

Examples of availablespecial application units

Apart from our standard delivery program we develop and manufacture custom makes. Please inquire with us.

Adjustable power supplies series RADC800W plug-in switch power packs for Telecom and industrial application

- compact size, 800 W in 3U / 17TE- output voltages 0-120 VDC (depending on design)- voltage and current adjustable from 0 to max value- modules plug-in and hot-swappable- module alarm for remote monitoring- meets PFC and Telecom standards- installation both vertical 3U and horizontal 2U

19" sub-rack units series RMSRrobust power module for military and heavy-duty application

- switch power pack or battery charging systems- parallel n+1 connection up to 90 A- series connection up to 360 VDC- hot-swap plug-in modules- module failure and mains alarm- operation temperature -40°C ... +55°C- 19" 2U sub-rack 2400W/3 modules or 19" 3U sub-rack/4 modules

Adjustable power supplies series RADC800W high current power supply for Telecom and industrial application

- compact size, portable laboratory unit- output voltages 0-120 VDC (depending on design)- voltage and current adjustable via multi-turn potentiometer from 0 to max value- digital voltage- and current measuring units- microprocessor controlled- meets PFC and Telecom standards- output current limitation against short circuit and wrong polarity- parallel switching for increased power

Intelligent automatic charger series RALGuniversal automatic-charger for 12V, 24V and 42V accumulators

- microprocessor control to identify voltage level and connected battery- optimized charging process and charging current- avoidance of overcharge via float charge modus- protection against wrong polarity- automatic switch-on and switch-off, therefore minimized sparking, battery pole damage and fire

hazard- full protection mechanisms such as overtemperature switch-off, undervoltage switch-off,

reference control and set value / true value comparison

UPS-modules to supply industrial PCs (IPS) series RIPCUSVsupplement to series RDCUSV

- in case of line failure stabilized output voltage (20,6 VDC)- adjustable boot time bridging (2-3-4-5 min)- adjustable UPS-time (0,5 to 30 s), after that signal to IPC via interface- UPS switch-off via signal of computer, automatic switch-off after adjustable waiting period

(4-6-8-10 min)- short circuit proof- automatic switch-off at undervoltage accumulator- automatic charging, IU characteristic

Technical data on our homepagewww.riedel-trafobau.de

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 2

C 1/1

D.C. power supplies

Three-phase, see ‘Product group D’

Three-phase compact rectifier transformers,series RDRK and RDRKL, output 24 V DCThree-phase universal, compact rectifier transformersseries RDRKU, output 24 V DCThree-phase compact rectifier transformers,series RDRKN, output 24 V DCThree-phase compact rectifier transformers,series RDRKS, output 24 V DCThree-phase compact rectifier transformers,series RDRKG, output 24 V DCThree-phase switch power packs, stabilized, secondaryswitchedseries RSNTG, output 24 V DCThree-phase switch power packs, stabilized, primaryswitched series RPL, output 24 VDC

IU battery chargersseries RPL, for output 12 V or 24 V Pb-batteryIU battery chargersseries RLSN, for output 12 V or 24 V Pb-battery

Non-interruptible power suppliesseries RSNT GU, output 20 A DC to 60 A DC

Single-phase, see ‘Product group C’

Single-phase (rectifier) transformers,series RGT, to equip with rectifier,output 29.5 V AC for 24 V DCSingle-phase compact rectifier transformers,series GGT, output 24 V DCSingle-phase compact power packs, non-stabilized,series RTSNL, output 24 V DCSingle-phase compact power packs, non-stabilized,series RNTU, output 12 V DC or 24 V DCSingle-phase compact power packs, non-stabilized,UL/CSA-approbationseries RNTU...UL, output 24 V DCSingle-phase compact power packs, stabilized,series RNTG, output 24 V DCSingle-phase compact power packs, stabilized, UL/CSA-approbationseries RNTG...UL, output 24 V DCSingle-phase switch power packs, stabilized, secondaryswitchedseries RSNT, output 24 V DCSingle-phase switch power packs, stabilized, primaryswitchedseries RPL, output 12 VDC, 24 VDC or 48 VDC

IU battery chargersseries RLG, for 12 V or 24 V Pb-batteryIU battery chargersseries RPL, for 12 V or 24 V Pb-batteryPulse battery chargersseries RLEC, for 12 V or 24 V NiCd-batteryIntelligent automatic chargerseries RALG, for 12 V, 24 V and 42 V lead acid batteries

Non-interruptible power suppliesseries RDCUSVactivation threshold 22 V DC, output 3 A DC to 40 A DCNon-interruptible power suppliesseries RDCUSVactivation threshold 20.6 V DC, output 3 A DC to 50 A DCAccu-Packsseries RAPDC-UPS modulemodel RIPCUSV 5S for industrial PCs

Power supplies with back-up batterySeries RADA, output 12/24/48 VDC

Voltage monitoring modulesSeries RCV, operation voltage 24VDC

We specialize in the manufacture of D.C. power supplies and offer in addition to special designs the following selec-tion as standard delivery program:

Both single- and three-phase rectifier transformers are tapped ± 5% primary for adaptation to the respective mainssupply.

The transformer´s secondary side is designed to suit a follow-up bridge rectifier. Suitable are silicon rectifiers or thyris-tors.

Compact rectifier transformers are equipped with silicon compact bridge rectifiers and must be protected accordingly.

The D.C. voltage delivered by single-phase bridge rectifiers has a residual ripple of 48%. A lower ripple can be achievedwith a filtered protection circuit, by using three-phase transformers with subsequent three-phase bridge rectifiers (resi-dual ripple <5%) and by using compact power packs. Stabilized power supplies achieve the lowest residual ripple.

When using rectifier transformers always take care of proper heat dissipation.

On request we supply single- and three-phase power packs as rack units, and special rectifier transformers up to15000 A.

Oth

er v

olta

ges

and

desi

gns

avai

labl

e on

req

uest

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 1

C 1/2

Design: Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, sepa-rate windings, sturdy mounting brackets. Connection to non-tracking trans-former terminals with screw connections. The terminals are protectedagainst finger touch or contact with the back of the hand in compliance to ac-cident prevention regulations (VBG 4). All types are designed for use withbridge rectifiers under resistive load.

IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23, insulation class E,max. ambient temperature ta 40°C.

with connected rectifier, varistor and discharge resistor

Residual ripple 48%, retrofit of capacitor is not possible.

Design as above.

Harmonic rule EN 61000-3-2 is observed.


Watt at Current 380/400/420 V 220/230/240 V Model Power 24 V DC for 29 V AC 29 V AC Approx. dimensions in mm

Article-no. Article-no.

VA W ADC a b c d e f Attachment

RGT 100 100 72 3 15–400–29–01 15–230–29–01 85 76 95 64 61 53 M 4

RGT 130 130 96 4 15–400–29–02 15–230–29–02 96 77 104 84 61 50 M 5

RGT 200 200 144 6 15–400–29–03 15–230–29–03 96 87 104 84 7 1 54 M 5

RGT 320 320 216 9 15–400–29–05 15–230–29–05 120 88 120 90 70 53 M 5

RGT 400 400 288 12 15–400–29–06 15–230–29–06 120 103 120 90 82 58 M 5

RGT 500 500 360 15 15–400–29–07 15–230–29–07 120 121 120 90 102 69 M 5

RGT 630 630 432 18 15–400–29–08 15–230–29–08 135 116 133 104 97 63 M 5

Watt at 380/400/420 V 220/230/240 V Model Output 24 V DC Current 24 V DC 24 V DC Approx. dimensions in mm

Article-no. Article-no.

VA W ADC a b c d e Attachment

GGT 100 100 72 3 16–400–024–01 16–230–024–01 84 76 100 64 61 M 4

GGT 130 130 96 4 16–400–024–02 16–230–024–02 100 77 104 84 61 M 5

GGT 200 200 144 6 16–400–024–03 16–230–024–03 100 87 150 84 71 M 5

GGT 320 320 216 9 16–400–024–05 16–230–024–05 120 93 150 90 70 M 5

GGT 400 400 288 12 16–400–024–06 16–230–024–06 120 108 160 90 82 M 5

GGT 500 500 360 15 16–400–024–07 16–230–024–07 120 125 160 90 102 M 5

GGT 630 630 432 18 16–400–024–08 16–230–024–08 135 138 175 104 97 M 5


Single-phase (rectifier) transformers

Single-phase compactrectifier transformersSafety transformers comp. VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

GGT 100 – 630 new types with higher current

Subject to technical modifications

Pow

er supp

lies

Safety transformers comp. VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

RGT 100 – 630

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 2

C 1/3

Single-phase compact power packs

< 5 %

Open vertical design, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, stur-dy mounting brackets, quick-snap-on for 35 mm DIN rail on request, connec-tions to non-tracking transformer terminals. The terminals are protectedagainst finger touch or contact with the back of the hand in compliance toaccident prevention regulations (VBG 4).

On request these units can be provided with extended mounting brackets (asillustrated below). Further to standard types, RTSNL can also be supplied invarious primary voltages up to max. AC 690 V and secondary voltages fromDC 10 V to DC 50 V at a surcharge. Other voltages and designs available onrequest.

Harmonic rule EN 61000-3-2 is observed.IP 00 suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23, insulation class E,max. ambient temperature ta 40°C.

Residual ripple:

Design:


220 / 230 / 240 V

Model Current DC 24 V Total Approx. dimensions in mm

Standard Pri. Sec. weight

A DC Article no. fuse fuse kg a b c d d1 e Attachment

RTSNL 75 2,0 18–024–01 0,63 At 2,00 Amt 1,70 110 85 115 64 100 48 M 4

RTSNL 100 3,0 18–024–02 0,63 At 2,50 Amt 2,15 110 95 115 64 100 61 M 4

RTSNL 200 5,0 18–024–03 2,50 At 4,00 Amt 4,65 170 145 155 90 160 70 M 5

RTSNL 400 10,0 18–024–04 3,1 5 At 10,00 Amt 5,85 170 145 170 90 160 82 M 5

RTSNL 600 15,0 18–024–05 5,00 At - 8,20 190 175 190 104 180 91 M 5

RTSNL 800 20,0 18–024–06 10,00 At - 9,65 190 190 190 104 180 107 M 5

Standard model:

Substructure/quick-snap-on:Printed circuit board:

Terminals:

Two-way rectification:LED:Fuses:Transformer:Varistor:Residual ripple:Temperature range:Input voltage:Output voltage:

sturdy mounting brackets, on request metal fastener for 35 mm DIN rail.

epoxy resin FR 4/70 µm Cu, with solder resist and protective lacquer, 1.5 mm,circuit traces fully solder-coated.polyamide 6.6, screw terminals with wire protection. The terminals are fingerand back of hand safe comp. to accident prevention regulations (VBG4)special rectifier with particularly low flow voltage, resulting in high efficiency.green LED, 5 mm.primary and secondary fuses 5 x 20mm, design comp. to DIN.safety transformer comp. to VDE 0570, protection rating IP 00.S 10 K 30, protective varistor against induction peaks.at rated current and 24 V DC < 5%.-20°C to +65°C220/230/240 V, 50/60 Hz24 VDC

Single-phase safety transformers comp. VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

Noise transmission EN 55011 class B (industry), EN 55022 class B (Telecom)

RTSNL 75 - 800 non-stabilized


Pow

er s

upp

lies

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 3

C 1/4

The enclosed construction of the compact and space-saving power packs series RNTU provides comprehensive protection againstaccidental contact. The power packs meet the safety requirements for protection against electric shock comp. to VDE 0106 part 101.The modules can be snapped onto the DIN EN 50 022 mounting rail quickly and easily. From DC 5 A upwards there is additional provi-sion for screw-fastening. Identical units can be connected in parallel up to max. 90% load per unit.

The integrated fuses (see table) exclusively deliver short circuit protection and guarantee safe operation even under worst-case con-ditions. Units are to be loaded only with rated current as indicated.

Series RNTU clearly surpasses the requirements for power packs stated in DIN EN 61131-2 / part 2 and guarantees safe operation wi-thout alterations even after the low voltage networks will have converted pursuant to DIN IEC 38 from the year 2003 onwards. Briefdips in line voltage are bridged by large-scale capacitors.

Apart from the specifications listed below, series RNTU can also be supplied in various primary voltages up to max. AC 400 V and se-condary voltages ranging from DC 10 V to DC 60 V at a surcharge. However, indicated currents must not be exceeded.

Single-phase compact power packsSingle-phase safety transformers comp. VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6


RNTU 24S - 240S non-regulated


Technical data for model RNTU 24 S RNTU 48 S RNTU 72 S RNTU 120 S RNTU 180 S RNTU 240 S

Input

Mains input voltage AC 230 V or AC 400 V

Mains input voltage range + 10 % to – 10 % comp. to DIN IEC 38

Frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz

Input fuses 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 6,3 x 32 mm 6,3 x 32 mm

AC 230 V 0,4 time lag 0,8 time lag 1,25 time lag 2,0 time lag 2,5 time lag 4,0 time lag

AC 400 V external external external external 1,6 time lag 2,5 time lag

Output

Output voltage EN 61131-2/part 2 DC 24 V or DC 12 V, twin terminals

Status display green LED

Output fuse 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 6,3 x 32 mm 6,3 x 32 mm1,25 time lag 2,5 time lag 4,0 time lag 6,3 time lag 10 time lag 12 time lag

Power 24 W 48 W 72 W 120 W 180 W 240 W

Permissible permanent output current DC 1 A DC 2 A DC 3 A DC 5 A DC 7,5 A DC 10 A

Residual ripple < 5%

Ambient temperature range – 10 ° C/+ 60° C

Output protection circuitry varistor

General data

Test voltage between input and output circuit comp. to regulations (safety transformers)

Directives VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6, EN 61000-3-2, EN 61131-2/part 2

CE-mark yes

Installation orientation any position

Type of connection screw-type terminal, finger-safe comp. to VBG4

Connection data fine strand max. 2,5 mm2

Mounting mounting rail (DIN EN 50 022), beginning with RNTU 120S additional

screw-connection possible, in rows spaced > 8 mm

TS 35 x 7,5 TS 35 x 15

Protection rating comp. VDE 0470 / EN 60529 IP 20

Safety class comp. IEC 536 / VDE 0106 T1 prepared for protection class II

Insulation class E

Dimensions in mm approx. Length L 77 77 82 134 157 157

Width W 62,5 62,5 90 125 175 175

Mounting depth D 122 122 128 153 185 185

Article no. AC 230 V/DC 12 V 223-024S 223-048S 223-072S 223-120S 223-180S 223-240S



Total weight in kg 0,95 1 ,20 2,35 3,9 5,2 6,3

Pow

er supp

lies

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 4

C 1/5

Series RNTU-UL provides efficient power packs featuring high reliability and compact measurements. Series RNTU-UL distinctly sur-passes power pack requirements DIN EN 61131-2 / part 2 and guarantees safe operation without alterations even after the low volta-ge networks have converted pursuant to DIN IEC 38 from the year 2003 onwards. Brief dips in line voltage are bridged up to 10 ms bylarge-scale electrolytic capacitors.

Apart from the specifications listed below, series RNTU-UL can also be supplied in secondary voltages ranging from DC 10 V to DC 60V and on request also with various primary voltages. However, indicated currents must not be exceeded.

Identical units can be connected in parallel up to max. 90% load per unit.

The integrated fuses (see table) exclusively deliver short circuit protection and guarantee safe operation even under worst-case con-ditions. Units are to be loaded only with rated current as indicated.The enclosed construction of the space-saving power packs series RNTU-UL provides comprehensive protection against accidentalcontact. The power packs meet the safety requirements for protection against electric shock comp. to VDE 0106 part 101. The modu-les can be snapped onto DIN EN 50 022 mounting rails quickly and easily. From DC 5 A upwards there is additional provision for screw-fastening.

RNTU 72S UL, 24S UL RNTU 240S UL, 120S UL

Technical data for model RNTU 24 S UL RNTU 72 S UL RNTU 120 S UL RNTU 180 S UL RNTU 240 S UL

Input

Mains input voltage AC 230 V and AC 115 V (AC 240 V and AC 120 V)

Mains input voltage range + 10 % to – 10 %

Frequency 60 Hz

Input fuses 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 6,3 x 32 mm 6,3 x 32 mm

0,7 time lag 1,6 time lag 3,2 time lag 4,0 time lag 5,0 time lag

Output

Output voltage EN 61131-2/part 2 DC 24 V


Output fuse 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 6,3 x 32 mm 6,3 x 32 mm

1,25 A quick 4,0 A quick 6,3 A quick 10 A m. time lag 12 A m. time lag

Power 24 W 72 W 120 W 180 W 240 W

Permissible permanent output current DC 1 A DC 3 A DC 5 A DC 7,5 A DC 10 A

Residual ripple < 5%

Ambient temperature range – 10 ° C/+ 40° C


General data

Test voltage between input and output circuit comp. to regulations

Directives UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14, comp. to EN 61558-2-1, EN 61000-3-2, EN 61131-2/part 2

Test mark UL + CSA - File-No. E242971

CE- mark yes




Mounting mounting rail (DIN EN 50 022), beginning with RNTU 120S UL, additional

screw-connection possible, in rows spaced > 8 mm

TS 35 x 7,5 TS 35 x 15


Safety class comp. IEC 536 / VDE 0106 T1 I

Insulation class E

Dimensions in mm approx. Length L 77 82 134 157 157

Width W 62,5 90 125 175 175

Mounting depth D 122 128 153 185 185

Article no. 0284-00024SUL 0284-00072SUL 0284-000120SUL 0284-000180SUL 0284-000240SUL

Copper weight in kg 0,12 0,36 0,6 0,97 1 , 18

Total weight in kg 0,95 2,35 3,9 5,2 6,3


Single-phase compact power packs


Pow

er s

upp

lies

RNTU 24S UL – 240S UL, certificate UL 508 / CSA 22.2-C, non-regulated


C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 5

C 1/6

The enclosed construction of the compact and space-saving power packs series RNTG provides comprehensive protection againstaccidental contact. The power packs meet the safety requirements for protection against electric shock comp. to VDE 0106 part 101and can be snapped onto DIN EN 50 022 mounting rail quickly and easily. RNTG120S / DC 5 A shows additional provision for screw-fa-stening.


The integrated fuses (see table) exclusively deliver short circuit protection and guarantee safe operation even under worst-case con-ditions. Units are to be loaded only with rated current as indicated.

Series RNTG clearly surpasses the requirements for power packs stated in EN 61131-2 / part 2 and guarantees safe operation withoutalterations even after the low voltage networks have converted pursuant to DIN IEC 38 from the year 2003 onwards. Brief dips in linevoltage are bridged up to 10 ms at rated duty.

Apart from the specifications listed below, series RNTG can also be supplied in various primary voltages up to max. AC 400 V and se-condary voltages ranging from DC 5 V to DC 30 V at a surcharge. However, indicated currents must not be exceeded.

Technical data for model RNTG 12 S RNTG 24 S RNTG 48 S RNTG 72 S RNTG 120 S

Input

Mains input voltage AC 230 V

Mains input voltage range + 10 % to – 10 % comp. to DIN IEC 38


Input fuses 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm

0,2 A time lag 0,4 A time lag 0,8 A time lag 1,25 A time lag 2,0 A time lag

Output

Output voltage EN 61131-2/part 2 24 V DC, twin terminals, adjustable +/- 2 V


Output fuse 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm0,7 A quick 1,25 A quick 2,5 A quick 3,15 A quick 5,0 A quick

Power 12 W 24 W 48 W 72 W 120 W

Permissible permanent current 0,5 A 1,0 A 2,0 A 3,0 A 5,0 A

Residual ripple < 2 m V RMS

Load stabilization < 0,1 %

Stability under constant conditions < 0,1 %

Ambient temperature – 10 ° C/+ 40° C

Output power reduction at 40°C and above > 1.5% / degree


General data

Test voltage between input and output circuit comp. to regulations (safety transformers)


CE-mark yes




Mounting mounting rail (DIN EN 50022), RNTG 120S has additional screw-connection,

in rows spaced > 8 mm


Safety class comp. IEC 536 / VDE 0106 T1 prepared for protection class II

Insulation class E


Width W 62,5 62,5 90 90 125

Mounting depth D 122 122 138 153 178

Article no. 225-012S 225-024S 225-048S 225-072S 225-120S

Copper weight in kg 0,12 0,36 0,6 0,97 1,18



Pow

er supp

lies

Single-phase compact power packsSingle-phase safety transformers comp. VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6


RNTG 12S - 120S regulated

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 6

C 1/7

Series RNTG-UL provides stabilized power packs showing high reliability and compact measurements. Series RNTG-UL distinctly sur-passes power pack requirements EN 61131-2 / part 2 and guarantees safe operation without alterations even after the low voltagenetworks have converted pursuant to DIN IEC 38 from the year 2003 onwards. Brief dips in line voltage are bridged up to 10 ms.

Apart from the specifications listed below, series RNTG-UL can also be supplied in secondary voltages ranging from DC 5 V to DC 30 Vand on request also with various primary voltages. However, indicated currents must not be exceeded.


The integrated fuses (see table) exclusively deliver short circuit protection and guarantee safe operation even under worst-case con-ditions. Units are to be loaded only with rated current as indicated.The enclosed construction of the space-saving power packs series RNTG-UL provides comprehensive protection against accidentalcontact. The power packs meet the safety requirements for protection against electric shock comp. to VDE 0106 part 101. The modu-les can be snapped onto DIN EN 50 022 mounting rails quickly and easily. RNTG120S UL / DC 5 A shows additional provision forscrew-fastening.

Technical data for model RNTG 12 S UL RNTG 24 S UL RNTG 48 S UL RNTG 72 S UL RNTG 120 S UL

Input

Mains input voltage AC 230 V and AC 115 V (AC 240 V and AC 120 V)


Frequency 60 Hz

Input fuses 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm

0,4 A time lag 0,8 A time lag 1,25 A time lag 2,0 A time lag 3,5 A time lag

Output

Output voltage EN 61131-2/part 2 24 V DC, adjustable +/– 2 V


Output fuse 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm0,7 A quick 1,25 A quick 2,5 A quick 3,15 A quick 5,0 A quick

Power 12 W 24 W 48 W 72 W 120 W

Permissible permanent current 0,5 A 1,0 A 2,0 A 3,0 A 5,0 A

Residual ripple < 2 m V RMS

Load stabilization < 0,1 %


Ambient temperature – 10 ° C/+ 40° C

Output power reduction ab 40° C > 1,5 % / Grad

Output protection circuitry varistor, inverse diode

General data

Test voltage between input and output circuit comp. to regulations

Directives UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14, comp. EN 61558-2-1, EN 61000-3-2, EN 61131-2/part 2

Test mark UL + CSA - File-No. E242971

CE-mark yes




Mounting mounting rail (DIN EN 50022), RNTG 120S UL shows additional

screw-connection, in rows spaced >8mm


Safety class comp. IEC 536 / VDE 0106 T1 prepared for safety class II

Insulation class E


Width W 62,5 62,5 90 90 125

Mounting depth D 122 122 138 153 178

Article no. 0285-00012SUL 0285-00024SUL 0285-00048SUL 0285-00072SUL 0285-000120SUL



Subject to technical modificationsStandard stock items

Pow

er s

upp

lies

Single-phase compact power packsRNTG 12S UL – 120S UL, certificate UL 508 / CSA 22.2-C, regulated


C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 7

C 1/8

Single-phase switch power packs

Our secondary switched power packs feature high stability and long service life. The patented switching concept ensures an extre-mely low interference level and therefore does not require any filtering or shielding whatsoever. The interference level distinctly re-mains below the permissible limits EN 55011 class B.. Consequently series RSNT excellently suits laboratory use also.An internal electronic fuse ensures that the units always operate within safe operating range (SOA protection).RSNT...S design: fully enclosed construction provides comprehensive protection against accidental contact; various primary voltagesup to max. AC 400 V available at a surcharge.RSNT version: Partially enclosed construction with sturdy mounting brackets; various primary voltages up to max. AC 690 V availableat a surcharge.

Technical data for model RSNT 10S RSNT 15S RSNT 5 RSNT 10 RSNT 15

Input

Mains input voltage AC 230 V or AC 400V AC 230V and AC 400V



Input fuses 5 x 20 mm 6,3 x 32 mm external external externalAC 230V 4,0 A time lag 6,3 A time lag 4,0 Agl 4,0 Agl 6,0 AglAC 400V external external 2,0 Agl 2,0 Agl 4,0 Agl

Output

Output voltage DC 24 V stabilzed, twin terminals, DC 24 V stabilzed, twin terminals,adjustable 0...DC30V adjustable 5...DC28V

Status display green / yellow LED (U / I) green LED: constant voltage / red LED: error

Adjustable output current 0...10 A 0...15 A 1...5 A 2...10 A 3...15 A

Residual ripple < 30 mV RMS < 50 mV RMS

Short-circuit proofing constant current operation constant current operation / off after 3 s.switch back on with Reset-button

Load stabilization dynamic < 100 mVss / 500us. < 300 mVss / 500us.

Stability under constant conditions < 0,05 % < 0,1 %

Mains stabilization < 0,05 %

Overtemperature protection thermal switch-off when unit > 85°C

Suppression grade EN 55011 Klasse B

Ambient temperature -10... +40°C

General data

Transformer test voltage between input and output circuit comp. to regulations (safety transformers)


CE-mark yes

Installation orientation vertical any positionon EN 50022 rail


Connection data fine strand max. 2,5 mm2 fine strand max. 4 mm2

Mounting on mounting rail, mounting bracketsscrew-fasten in addition

Protection rating comp. VDE 0470 / EN 60529 IP 20 IP 00

Safety class comp. IEC 536 / VDE 0106 T1 I

Insulation class E

Dimensions in mm approx. ( L x W x D ) 134 x 125 x 180 157 x 175 x 197 125 x 132 x 150 170 x 170 x 175 190 x 180 x 190

Mounting template in mm, approx. 87 x 120 130 x 154 x 154 84 x 71 90 x 84 104 x 97

Article no. AC 230V 0219-00000010S 0219-00000015S valid for both primary voltagesAC 400V 0319-00000010S 0319-00000015S 24-230-SNT-01 24-230-SNT-02 24-230-SNT-03

Copper weight in kg 0,75 1 ,2 0,6 1 ,2 1 ,4


Options

Remote control 0 - 10V for U / I for U / I - - for U

Remote control 4mA - 20mA for U / I for U / I - - -

Switch-off input yes yes - - yes

Signal contact "Ready" yes yes - - yes


Pow

er supp

lies

Single-phase safety transformers comp. VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6


RSNT 5 – 15S regulated

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 8

C 1/9

Primary switched single-phase power packsRPL 122.5 W – 4810 E comp. VDE 0570 part 2-17, EN 61558-2-17, EN 60950 class 1


regulated

Options: - other input- and output voltages possible- units of lesser power, suitable also for application in Telecom- units with multiple output voltages- overload and short circuit behavior can be realized to customer's requirements

Subject to technical modificationsStandard Stock items

In General: Within the scope of European norms limit values for harmonic currents are defined and must be adhered to in allunits: > 75 Watt and < 1000 Watt (EN 61 000-3-2). Units applied in systems possessing their own medium voltagetransformer are exempted from this norm.All power supplies marked PFC are fitted with harmonic filters when applied within the scope of the norm. The filteris active at mains input voltage range 184 V - 264 V.

Features: - wide input voltage range for 30 W and 60 W units, 125 W and up input 230 VAC and/or 115 VAC30W units available in 85 up to 265VAC (type...W) or 195 up to 460VAC (type...W1)

- output voltage 12, 24 or 48 VDC, over a wide range adjustable- connection in parallel or series- high efficiency- compact and robust design in metal housing, 30 W units in plastic enclosure- easy installation on DIN mounting rail, alternative screw fastening- safety class I- interference emission EN 55011 class B (industry), EN 55022 class B (Telecom)- interference immunity EN 50082-2: ESD, electromagnetic irradiation, burst, conducted interference immunity,

mains voltage dips- excess current limiter, short-circuit protection, overvoltage limitation and overtemperature protection- inrush current limiter- status display: LED- all power packs series RPL can be also delivered as battery chargers (type ...WL)- power packs 30 W, 60 W and 480 W can be applied without alterations as D.C./D.C.-converters

Chart:

Model Model Model Model Norm EN Power Voltage/Current wide voltage input input input Article.-no. 61000-3-2

range 230/115VAC 230VAC 115VAC met

DC 12V / 2.5A RPL 1 22.5 W 0500-00122.5W Norm does not apply30 W DC 24V / 1.25A RPL 241.25 W 0500-0241.25W Norm does not apply

(AC 85-265V) DC 48V / 0.65A RPL 480.65 W 0500-0480.65W Norm does not applyDC 12V / 2.5A RPL 1 22.5 W1 0500-0122.5W1 Norm does not apply

30 W DC 24V / 1.25A RPL 241.25W1 0500-241.25W1 Norm does not apply(AC 195-460V) DC 48V / 0.65A RPL 480.65W1 0500-480.65W1 Norm does not apply

DC 12V / 5A RPL 1205 E 0500-0001205E Norm does not apply60 W DC 24V / 2.5A RPL 242.5 E 0500-00242.5E Norm does not apply

DC 48V / 1.25A RPL 481.25 E 0500-0481.25E Norm does not applyDC 12V / 10A RPL 1210 E 0500-0001210E yes

125 W DC 24V / 5A RPL 2405 E 0500-0002405E yesDC 48V / 2.5A RPL 482.5 E 0500-00482.5E yesDC 12V / 20A RPL 1220 E 0500-0001220E no

250W DC 24V / 10A RPL 2410 E 0500-0002410E noDC 48V / 5A RPL 4805 E 0500-0004805E noDC 12V / 20A RPL 1220 PFC 0500-0001220P yes

250W DC 24V / 10A RPL 2410 PFC 0500-0002410P yesDC 48V / 5A RPL 4805 PFC 0500-0004805P yesDC 24V / 20A RPL 2420 E 0500-0002420E no

480WDC 48V / 10A RPL 4810 E 0500-0004810E noDC 24V / 20A RPL 2420 E1 0500-002420E1 noDC 48V / 10A RPL 4810 E1 0500-004810E1 no

480WDC 24V / 20A RPL 2420 PFC 0500-0002420P yesDC 48V / 10A RPL 4810 PFC 0500-0004810P yes

Pow

er s

upp

lies

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 9

Technical data 30W 30W

Model RPL 12 2.5 W RPL 24 1.25 W RPL 48 0.65 W RPL 12 2.5 W1 RPL 24 1.25 W1 RPL 48 0.65 W1

INPUTRated input voltage, U1 rated AC 100V - 240V AC 220V - 400V

Voltage range, U1min - U1max AC 85V - 265V or DC 100V - 375V AC 195V - 460V or DC 230V - 650V

Frequency 45-65 Hz 45-65 Hz

Overvoltage protection varistor AC 275V varistor AC 460V

Rated current typical, I1 rated 0,32A at 230VAC ; 0,61A at 115VAC 0,32A at 230VAC ; 0,19A at 400VAC

Maximum transient pulse Ta = 25°C < 25A at 230VAC ; < 13A at 115VAC < 25A at 230VAC ; < 35A at 400VAC


Internal fuse T1.25A with high switch-off ability -

Recommended external fuse power circuit breaker C6, B10 power circuit breaker C6, B10

Maximum switching rate 30 switching cycles per hour 30 switching cycles per hour

Bypass power-line failure > 50ms at 230VAC ; > 10ms at 115VAC > 10ms at 230VAC ; > 20ms at 400VAC

Reverse polarity protection D.C.-input yes yes

OUTPUTRated voltage U2 rated D.C. DC 12V DC 24V DC 48V DC 12V DC 24V DC 48V

Voltage range U2 min - U2 max D.C. 10-15V 23-29V 45-58V 10-15V 23-29V 45-58V

Rated current I2 (at U2 rated) 2.5A 1.25A 0.65A 2.5A 1.25A 0.65A

Protection overload, short circuit, no-load yes yes

Overcurrent limit typical 2.6A 1.3A 0.7A 2.6A 1.3A 0.7A

Short circuit current typical < 5A < 3A < 2A < 5A < 3A < 2A

Overvoltage protection yes yes

Residual ripple f=20Hz...300kHz, Ta=25°C < 10mV RMS < 10mV RMS

Mains stabilization U1 min - U1 max < 0,1 % < 0,1 %

Load stabilization load alteration < 0,5 % < 0,5 %10% <-> 90%

Overshoot/control time load leap < 3.0% < 3ms < 3.0% < 3ms10% <-> 90%"

Temp. stability < 0.03% / K < 0.03% / K

Operation in parallel and series yes yes

Status reports LED green LED green

DIRECTIVESMains harmonics limit EN 61000-3-2 not necessary not necessary

Interference emission EN 50081-1, EN 55011 class B, EN 55022 class B EN 50081-1, EN 55011 class B, EN 55022 class B

Interference immunity EN 50082-2 EN 50082-2

Safety EN 60950 class I EN 60950 class I

Test voltage input/housing - -

Test voltage input/output 3000VAC RMS 50Hz, 1min 3000VAC RMS 50Hz, 1min

Test voltage output/housing - -

Humidity 85% RH IEC 68-2-30 85% RH IEC 68-2-30

Vibration and shock ETS 300 019-2-4, class 4M5 ETS 300 019-2-4, class 4M5

CE mark yes yes

OPERATING DETAILSEfficiency typical > 80% > 82% > 82% > 80% > 82% > 82%


Protection class comp. IEC 536, VDE 0106 T1 I I

Overtemperature protection yes yes

Ambient temperature 0°C up to +55°C -20°C up to +55°C

Storage temperature -40°C up to +85°C -40°C up to +85°C

Cooling free convection free convection

MECHANICSConnection input voltage connector RM7,62mm to screw connector RM7,62mm to screw

3-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (L1-N-PE) 3-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (L1-N-PE)for D.C./D.C.-converter: + on L1, - on N for D.C./D.C.-converter: + on L1, - on N

Connection output voltage connector RM5,08mm to screw connector RM5,08mm to screw2-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (+ -) 2-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (+ -)

Housing design plastic plastic

Mounting snap-on onto mounting rail snap-on onto mounting railDIN EN 50022 DIN EN 50022

Installation orientation vertical vertical

Approx. dimensions (W x H x D) 40 x 80 x 85 mm 40 x 80 x 85 mm

Approx. total weight 0,14kg 0,14kg

C 1/10

Primary switched single-phase power packsRPL 122.5 W – 480.65 W1 comp. VDE 0570 part 2-17, EN 61558-2-17, EN 60950 class 1


regulated application as D.C./D.C.-converter possible


Pow

er supp

lies

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 10

C 1/11


Primary switched single-phase power packsRPL 1205 E – 482.5 E comp. VDE 0570 part 2-17, EN 61558-2-17, EN 60950 class 1


regulated 60W units applicable as D.C./D.C.-converters


Model RPL 12 05 E RPL 24 2.5 E RPL 48 1.25 E RPL 12 10 E RPL 24 05 E RPL 48 2.5 E

INPUTRated input voltage, U1 rated AC 100V - 240V AC 115V and AC 230V

Voltage range, U1min - U1max AC 90 - 264V or DC 120V - 375V AC 94 - 132V or AC 184 - 264V



Rated current typical, I1 rated 0.7 A at 230VAC ; 1.2A at 115VAC 1,3A at 230VAC ; 2,2A at 115VAC



Internal fuse T2.0A with high switch-off ability T6.3A with high switch-off ability

Recommended external fuse power circuit breaker C6, B10 power circuit breaker B10, B16


Bypass power-line failure > 50ms at 230VAC ; > 10ms at 115VAC > 20ms

Reverse polarity protection D.C.-input yes -

OUTPUTRated voltage U2 rated D.C. DC 12V DC 24V DC 48V DC 12V DC 24V DC 48V

Voltage range U2 min - U2 max D.C. 10,5-15V 21-29V 45-58V 9-15V 21-29V 45-58V

Rated current I2 (at U2 rated) 5.0A 2.5A 1.25A 10A 5A 2.5A


Overcurrent limit typical < 8A < 4A < 2A < 11A < 6A < 3A



Residual ripple f=20Hz...300kHz, Ta=25°C < 15mV RMS < 10mV RMS < 15mV RMS < 10mV RMS


Load stabilization load alteration < 1,0 % < 0,5 % < 1,0 % < 0,5 %10% <-> 90%



Operation in parallel and series series operation yes. For parallel operation extern yes

series diode necessary

Statusmeldungen LED - green LED - green

Noise output zero potential change-over contact yes yes

Temperature compensation (battery charger) 2,2k�-NTC (f.example Siemens B57045K222K) 2,2k�-NTC (f.example Siemens B57045K222K)

external NTC-resistor

DIRECTIVESMains harmonics limit EN 61000-3-2 not necessary yes



Safety EN 60950 class I EN 60950 class 1

Test voltage input/housing 1500VAC RMS 50Hz, 1min 1500VAC RMS 50Hz, 1min


Test voltage output/housing 500VDC 500VDC



CE mark yes yes





Ambient temperature -40°C up to +55°C -40°C up to +55°C




3-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (L1-N-PE) 3-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (L1-N-PE)for D.C./D.C.-converter: + on L1, - on N


Connection noise output connector RM5,08mm to screw connector RM5,08mm to screwtemperature compensation 5-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (COM-NO-NC-1-2) 5-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (COM-NO-NC-1-2)

Housing design aluminum / steel aluminum / steel


Installation orientation vertical any position



Pow

er s

upp

lies

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 11

C 1/12

Primary switched single-phase power packsRPL 1220 PFC – 4810 PFC comp. VDE 0570 part 2-17, EN 61558-2-17, EN 60950 class 1




Pow

er supp

lies


Model RPL 12 20 PFC RPL 24 10 PFC RPL 48 05 PFC RPL 24 20 PFC RPL 48 10 PFC

INPUTRated input voltage, U1 rated AC 115V and AC 230V AC 230V

Voltage range, U1min - U1max AC 94 - 132V or AC 184 - 264V AC 196-264V or DC 270V-375V



Rated current typical, I1 rated 1,9A at 230VAC ; 4,2A at 115VAC 3,1A at 230VAC

Maximum transient pulse Ta = 25°C < 35A at 230VAC ; < 17A at 115VAC < 11A at 230VAC


Internal fuse T6,3A with high switch-off ability T6,3A with high switch-off ability

Recommended external fuse power circuit breaker B10, B16 power circuit breaker B10, B16


Bypass power-line failure > 20ms > 30ms

Reverse polarity protection D.C.-input - yes

OUTPUTRated voltage U2 rated D.C. DC 12V DC 24V DC 48V DC 24V DC 48V

Voltage range U2 min - U2 max D.C. 9-15V 21-29V 45-58V 23-29V 45-58V

Rated current I2 (at U2 rated) 20A 10A 5A 20A 10A


Overcurrent limit typical < 22A < 11A < 6A 20,5A 11A

Short circuit current typical < 27A < 14A < 7A < 22A < 12A


Residual ripple f=20Hz...300kHz, Ta=25°C < 15mV RMS < 10mV RMS < 60mV RMS

Mains stabilization U1 min - U1 max < 0,15 % < 0,05 % < 0,05 %

Load stabilization load alteration < 1,0 % < 0,5 % < 0,25 %10% <-> 90%





Noise output zero potential change-over contact yes no

Temperature compensation (battery charger) 2,2k�-NTC (f. example Siemens B57045K222K) -


DIRECTIVESMains harmonics limit EN 61000-3-2 yes yes









CE mark yes yes

OPERATING DETAILSEfficiency typical > 85% > 89% > 90% > 92%




Ambient temperature -40°C up to +55°C 0°C up to +55°C





Connection output voltage connector RM5,08mm to screw connector RM5,08mm to screw4-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (++ --) 4-pole 0,75-4,0mm2 (++ --)

Connection noise output connector RM5,08mm to screw -temperature compensation 5-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (COM-NO-NC-1-2)



Installation orientation any position front plate horizontal, connections below



C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 12

C 1/13Subject to technical modificationsStandard stock items

Primary switched single-phase power packsRPL 1220 E – 4810 E1 comp. VDE 0570 part 2-17, EN 61558-2-17, EN 60950 class 1


regulated 480W * units applicable as D.C./D.C.-converters


Model RPL 12 20 E RPL 24 10 E RPL 48 05 E RPL 24 20 E * RPL 48 10 E * RPL 24 20 E1 RPL 48 10 E1

INPUTRated input voltage, U1 rated AC 115V and AC 230V AC 230V AC 115V

Voltage range, U1min - U1max AC 94 - 132V or AC 184 - 264V AC 196-264V / DC 270V-375V AC 93-132V


Overvoltage protection varistor AC 275V varistor AC 275V varistor AC 150V

Rated current typical, I1 rated 2,5A at 230VAC ; 4,2A at 115VAC 3,6A at 230VAC 5,6A at 115VAC

Maximum transient pulse Ta = 25°C < 35A at 230VAC ; < 17A at 115VAC < 11A at 230VAC < 11A at 115VAC





Bypass power-line failure > 20ms > 40ms at 230VAC > 40ms at 115VAC


OUTPUTRated voltage U2 rated D.C. DC 12V DC 24V DC 48V 24V 48V 24V 48V

Voltage range U2 min - U2 max D.C. 9-15V 21-29V 45-58V 23-29V 45-58V 23-29V 45-58V

Rated current I2 (at U2 rated) 20A 10A 5A 20.0A 10.0A 20.0A 10.0A


Overcurrent limit typical < 22A < 11A < 6A 20.5A 11.0A 20.5A 11.0A

Short circuit current typical < 27A < 14A < 7A < 22A < 12A < 22A < 12A




Load stabilization load alteration < 1,0 % < 0,5 % < 0,25%10% <-> 90%


Temp. stability < 0.02% / K < 0,02% / K



Noise output zero potential change-over contact yes -

Temperature compensation (battery charger) 2,2k�-NTC -

external NTC-resistor (f. example Siemens B57045K222K)

DIRECTIVESMains harmonics limit EN 61000-3-2 no no not necessary

Interference emission EN 50081-1, EN 55011 class B, EN 50081-1, EN 55011 class B,

EN 55022 class B EN 55022 class B



Test mark / approbation - cUL - -






CE mark no no not necessary





Ambient temperature -40°C up to +55°C 0 up to +55°C





Connection output voltage connector RM5,08mm to screw connector RM7,62mm to screw4-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (+ -) 4-pole 0,75-4,0mm2 (+ + - -)







Pow

er s

upp

lies

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 13

C 1/14

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 14

C 1/15

The battery chargers series RLG..S charge maintenance-free lead acid batteries swiftly and gently using IU characteri-stic.

An internal electronic regulation ensures that units always work within safe operating range (SOA protection), therebyenabling permanent operation without maintenance.

A two-color LED indicates charging state.

Buffer-battery system is fully guaranteed, i.e. energy can also be drawn during mains connection. The reverse currentis <=1mA during switch off condition.

Battery chargers RLG 1205S to RLG 2415S feature IUoU charging characteristic, which charges a battery with constantcurrent to just below gaseous voltage. Then this output voltage is maintained (see diagram) for a factory-set period oftime. At the end of this period the constant voltage is reduced to trickle voltage. An additional LED (yellow) lights upwhen unit reduces the output voltage to trickle voltage thereby indicating that charging procedure is completed.

Such a characteristic charges lead acid batteries optimally, resulting in high capacity while treating the connected bat-tery gently and preventing sulphate build-up.

The battery chargers are installed in compact plastic enclosures ensuring full protection against accidental contact.They meet requirements VDE 0106 part 101 for protection against electric shock.

The enclosure is designed for quick and simple mounting on DIN EN 50022 mounting rails.

Single-phase IU battery chargersRLG 1203S – 2415S comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

bat

tery

cha

rger

s

IUoU charging characteristicIU charging characteristic

yellow

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 15

C 1/16


Single-phase IU battery chargersRLG 1203S – 2415S comp. VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

Technical data for model RLG 1203S RLG 1205S RLG 1208S RLG 1210S RLG 1215S

RLG 2403S RLG 2405S - RLG 2410S RLG 2415S

Input

Mains input voltage AC 230 V or AC 400V

Mains input voltage range + 10 % up to – 10 % comp. to IEC 38 +- 15%


Input fuses 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 6,3 x 32 mm

AC 230V / DC 12V 0,80 A time lag 1,25 A time lag 2,0 A time lag 2,0 A time lag 4,0 A time lag

AC 230V / DC 24V 1,25 A time lag 2,50 A time lag - 4,0 A time lag 6,3 A time lag

AC 400V / DC 12V external external external external external

AC 400V / DC 24V external external - external external

Output

Rated battery voltage DC 12 V DC 12 V DC 12 V DC 12 V DC 12 V

DC 24 V DC 24 V - DC 24 V DC 24 V

Max. charge current DC 3 A DC 5 A DC 8 A DC 10 A DC 15 A

Battery type lead acid batteries

Status display twin-colour LED red: charging red: charging yellow: constant current

green: I < 10%IN green: I < 10%IN green: constant voltage

yellow LED - maintaining charge maintaining charge

Residual ripple of charge voltage < 0,5%

Charging characteristic IU IUoU; preset time 4 h

Overload protection internal electronic current limiter

Reverse current when mains off, I = < 1 mA

Reverse polarity protection integrated (reverse polarity current < 1 mA)

Overtemperature protection automatic cut-off if charger temperature > 85°C

RFI suppression better than EN 55011 class B

Ambient temperature range 0... +40°C

General data

Transformer test voltage between input- and output circuit comp. to regulation (safety transformer)


CE-mark yes

Installation orientation vertical

Cooling convection

Type of connection P.C. terminals


Mounting on mounting rail (DIN EN 50022) on mounting rail

spacing > 8 mm screw-fasten additionally


Protection class comp. IEC 536 / VDE 0106 T1 prepared for protection class II

Insulation class E

Approx. dimensions in mm length L 82 134 157

width W 90 125 175

depth D 135 175 210

Mounting template in mm, approx. - 87 x 120 130 x 154 x 154

Article no. AC 230V / DC 12 V 0235-0001203S 0235-0001205S 0235-0001208S 0235-0001210S 0235-0001215S

AC 230V / DC 24 V 0235-0002403S 0235-0002405S - 0235-0002410S 0235-0002415S

AC 400V / DC 12 V 0245-0001203S 0245-0001205S 0245-0001208S 0245-0001210S 0245-0001215S

AC 400V / DC 24 V 0245-0002403S 0245-0002405S - 0245-0002410S 0245-0002415S

Copper weight in kg 0,97 1, 18 1 ,18 1, 18 1,30



battery chargers

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 16

C 1/17

Options: - other input- and output voltages possible- units of lesser power, suitable also for application in telecom- units with multiple output voltages- overload and short circuit behavior can be realized to customer's requirements

Chart:

Model Model Model Model Norm EN Power Voltage/Current wide voltage input input input Article.-no. 61000-3-2

range 230/115VAC 230VAC 115VAC met

DC 13,7V / 2.5A RPL 122.5 WL 0520-0122.5WL Norm does not apply30 W DC 27,4V / 1.25A RPL 241.25 WL 0520-241.25WL Norm does not apply

(AC 85-265V) DC 54,8V / 0.65A RPL 480.65 WL 0520-480.65WL Norm does not applyDC 13,7V / 2.5A RPL 122.5 W1L 0520-0122.5W1 Norm does not apply

30 W DC 27,4V / 1.25A RPL 241.25 W1L 0520-241.25W1 Norm does not apply(AC 195-460V) DC 54,8V / 0.65A RPL 480.65 W1L 0520-480.65W1 Norm does not apply

DC 13,7V / 5A RPL 1205 EL 0520-001205EL Norm does not apply60 W DC 27,4V / 2.5A RPL 242.5 EL 0520-0242.5EL Norm does not apply

DC 54,8V / 1.25A RPL 481.25 EL 0520-481.25EL Norm does not applyDC 13,7V / 10A RPL 1210 EL 0520-001210EL yes

125 W DC 27,4V / 5A RPL 2405 EL 0520-002405EL yesDC 54,8V / 2.5A RPL 482.5 EL 0520-0482.5EL yesDC 13,7V / 20A RPL 1220 EL 0520-001220EL no

250W DC 27,4V / 10A RPL 2410 EL 0520-002410EL noDC 54,8V / 5A RPL 4805 EL 0520-004805EL noDC 13,7V / 20A RPL 1220 PFCL 0520-001220PL yes

250W DC 27,4V / 10A RPL 2410 PFCL 0520-002410PL yesDC 54,8V / 5A RPL 4805 PFCL 0520-004805PL yesDC 27,4V / 20A RPL 2420 EL 0520-002420EL no

480WDC 54,8V / 10A RPL 48 10 EL 0520-004810EL noDC 27,4V / 20A RPL 2420 E1L 0520-02420E1L noDC 54,8V / 10A RPL 48 10 E1L 0520-04810E1L no

480WDC 27,4V / 20A RPL 2420 PFCL 0520-002420PL yesDC 54,8V / 10A RPL 48 10 PFCL 0520-004810PL yes


bat

tery

cha

rger

s

Primary switched single-phase battery chargersRPL 122.5 WL – 4810 EL comp. VDE 0570 part 2-17, EN 61558-2-17, EN 60950 class 1


regulated

In General: Within the scope of European norms limit values for harmonic currents are defined and must be adhered to in allunits: > 75 Watt and < 1000 Watt (EN 61 000-3-2). Units applied in systems possessing their own medium voltagetransformer are exempted from this norm.All battery chargers marked PFC are fitted with harmonic filters when applied within the scope of the norm. The filteris active at mains input voltage range 184 V - 264 V.

Features: - wide input voltage range for 30 W and 60 W units, 125 W and up input 230 VAC and/or 115 VAC30W units available in 85 up to 265VAC (type...WL) or 195 up to 460VAC (type...W1L)

- output voltage 13,7, 27,4 or 54,8 VDC, over a wide range adjustable- connection in parallel or series- high efficiency- compact and robust design in metal housing, 30 W units in plastic enclosure- easy installation on DIN mounting rail, alternative screw fastening- safety class I- interference emission EN 55011 class B (industry), EN 55022 class B (Telecom)- interference immunity EN 50082-2: ESD, electromagnetic irradiation, burst, conducted interference immunity,

mains voltage dips- excess current limiter, short-circuit protection, overvoltage limitation and overtemperature protection- inrush current limiter- status display: LED- all battery chargers series RPL can be also delivered as power supplies (type ...W)- battery chargers 30 W, 60 W and 480 W can be applied without alterations as D.C./D.C.-converters

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 17

C 1/18

Subject to technical modifications Standard stock items

battery chargers

Primary switched single-phase battery chargersRPL 122.5 WL – 480.65 W1L comp. VDE 0570 part 2-17, EN 61558-2-17, EN 60950 class 1




Model RPL 12 2.5 WL RPL 24 1.25 WL RPL 48 0.65 WL RPL 12 2.5 W1L RPL 24 1.25 W1L RPL 48 0.65 W1L

INPUTRated input voltage, U1 rated AC 100V - 240V AC 220V - 400V

Voltage range, U1min - U1max AC 85V - 265V or DC 100V - 375V AC 195V - 460V or DC 230V - 650V



Rated current typical, I1 rated 0,32A at 230VAC ; 0,61A at 115VAC 0,32A at 230VAC ; 0,19A at 400VAC



Internal fuse T1.25A with high switch-off ability -

Recommended external fuse power circuit breaker C6, B10 power circuit breaker C6, B10


Bypass power-line failure > 50ms at 230VAC ; > 10ms at 115VAC > 10ms at 230VAC ; > 20ms at 400VAC


OUTPUTRated voltage U2 rated D.C. DC 13,7V DC 27,4V DC 54,8V DC 13,7V DC 27,4V DC 54,8V

Voltage range U2 min - U2 max D.C. 10-15V 23-29V 45-58V 10-15V 23-29V 45-58V

Rated current I2 (at U2 rated) 2.25A 1.15A 0.6A 2.25A 1.15A 0.6A


Overcurrent limit typical 2.25A 1.15A 0.6A 2.25A 1.15A 0.6A





Load stabilization load alteration < 0,5 % < 0,5 %10% <-> 90%





DIRECTIVESMains harmonics limit EN 61000-3-2 not necessary not necessary




Test voltage input/housing - -


Test voltage output/housing - -



CE mark yes yes





Ambient temperature 0°C up to +55°C -20°C up to +55°C




3-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (L1-N-PE) 3-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (L1-N-PE)for D.C./D.C.-converter: + on L1, - on N for D.C./D.C.-converter: + on L1, - on N


Housing design plastic plastic


Installation orientation vertical vertical



C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 18

C 1/19


bat

tery

cha

rger

s

Primary switched single-phase battery chargersRPL 1205 EL – 482.5 EL comp. VDE 0570 part 2-17, EN 61558-2-17, EN 60950 class 1




Model RPL 12 05 EL RPL 24 2.5 EL RPL 48 1.25 EL RPL 12 10 EL RPL 24 05 EL RPL 48 2.5 EL

INPUTRated input voltage, U1 rated AC 100V - 240V AC 115V and AC 230V

Voltage range, U1min - U1max AC 90 - 264V or DC 120V - 375V AC 94 - 132V or AC 184 - 264V



Rated current typical, I1 rated 0.7 A at 230VAC ; 1.2A at 115VAC 1,3A at 230VAC ; 2,2A at 115VAC



Internal fuse T2.0A with high switch-off ability T6.3A with high switch-off ability

Recommended external fuse power circuit breaker C6, B10 power circuit breaker B10, B16


Bypass power-line failure > 50ms at 230VAC ; > 10ms at 115VAC > 20ms

Reverse polarity protection D.C.-input yes -

OUTPUTRated voltage U2 rated D.C. DC 13,7V DC 27,4V DC 54,8V DC 13,7V DC 27,4V DC 54,8V

Voltage range U2 min - U2 max D.C. 10,5-15V 21-29V 45-58V 9-15V 21-29V 45-58V

Rated current I2 (at U2 rated) 5.0A 2.5A 1.25A 10A 5A 2.5A


Overcurrent limit typical < 8A < 4A < 2A < 11A < 6A < 3A



Residual ripple f=20Hz...300kHz, Ta=25°C < 15mV RMS < 10mV RMS < 15mV RMS < 10mV RMS


Load stabilization load alteration < 1,0 % < 0,5 % < 1,0 % < 0,5 %10% <-> 90%



Operation in parallel and series series operation yes. For parallel operation extern yes

series diode necessary

Statusmeldungen LED - green LED - green

Noise output zero potential change-over contact yes yes

Temperature compensation (battery charger) 2,2k�-NTC (f. example Siemens B57045K222K) 2,2k�-NTC (f. example Siemens B57045K222K)


DIRECTIVESMains harmonics limit EN 61000-3-2 not necessary yes



Safety EN 60950 class I EN 60950 class 1






CE mark yes yes





Ambient temperature -40°C up to +55°C -40°C up to +55°C






Connection noise output connector RM5,08mm to screw connector RM5,08mm to screwtemperature compensation 5-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (COM-NO-NC-1-2) 5-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (COM-NO-NC-1-2)



Installation orientation vertical any position



C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 19

C 1/20


battery chargers

Primary switched single-phase battery chargersRPL 1220 PFCL – 4810 PFCL comp. VDE 0570 part 2-17, EN 61558-2-17, EN 60950 class 1




Model RPL 12 20 PFCL RPL 24 10 PFCL RPL 48 05 PFCL RPL 24 20 PFCL RPL 48 10 PFCL

INPUTRated input voltage, U1 rated AC 115V and AC 230V AC 230V

Voltage range, U1min - U1max AC 94 - 132V or AC 184 - 264V AC 196-264V or DC 270V-375V



Rated current typical, I1 rated 1,9A at 230VAC ; 4,2A at 115VAC 3,1A at 230VAC






Bypass power-line failure > 20ms > 30ms


OUTPUTRated voltage U2 rated D.C. DC 13,7V DC 27,4V DC 54,8V DC 27,4V DC 54,8V

Voltage range U2 min - U2 max D.C. 9-15V 21-29V 45-58V 23-29V 45-58V

Rated current I2 (at U2 rated) 20A 10A 5A 18A 9A


Overcurrent limit typical < 22A < 11A < 6A 18A 9A

Short circuit current typical < 27A < 14A < 7A < 22A < 12A



Mains stabilization U1 min - U1 max < 0,15 % < 0,05 % < 0,15 %

Load stabilization load alteration < 1,0 % < 0,5 % < 0,25 %10% <-> 90%





Noise output zero potential change-over contact yes no

Temperature compensation (battery charger) 2,2k�-NTC (f. example Siemens B57045K222K) -











CE mark yes yes





Ambient temperature -40°C up to +55°C 0°C up to +55°C





Connection output voltage connector RM5,08mm to screw connector RM5,08mm to screw4-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (++ --) 4-pole 0,75-4,0mm2 (++ --)







C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 20

C 1/21Technische Änderungen vorbehaltenLagertypen

bat

tery

cha

rger

s

Primary switched single-phase battery chargersRPL 1220 EL – 4810 E1L comp. VDE 0570 part 2-17, EN 61558-2-17, EN 60950 class 1


regulated 480W * units applicable as D.C./D.C.-converters


Type RPL 12 20 EL RPL 24 10 EL RPL 48 05 EL RPL 24 20 EL* RPL 48 10 EL* RPL 2420 E1L RPL 4810 E1L

INPUTRated input voltage, U1 rated AC 115V and AC 230V AC 230V AC 115V

Voltage range, U1min - U1max AC 94 - 132V or AC 184 - 264V AC 196-264V / DC 270V-375V AC 93-132V


Overvoltage protection varistor AC 275V varistor AC 275V varistor AC 150V

Rated current typical, I1 rated 2,5A at 230VAC ; 4,2A at 115VAC 3,6A at 230VAC 5,6A at 115VAC






Bypass power-line failure > 20ms > 40ms at 230VAC > 40ms at 115VAC


OUTPUTRated voltage U2 rated D.C. DC 13,7V DC 27,4V DC 54,8V 27,4V 54,8V 27,4V 54,8V

Voltage range U2 min - U2 max D.C. 9-15V 21-29V 45-58V 23-29V 45-58V 23-29V 45-58V

Rated current I2 (at U2 rated) 20A 10A 5A 18A 9A 18A 9A


Overcurrent limit typical < 22A < 11A < 6A 18A 9A 18A 9A

Short circuit current typical < 27A < 14A < 7A < 22A < 12A < 22A < 12A




Load stabilization load alteration < 1,0 % < 0,5 % < 0,25%10% <-> 90%


Temp. stability < 0.02% / K < 0,02% / K



Noise output zero potential change-over contact yes -

Temperature compensation (battery charger) 2,2k�-NTC -

external NTC-resistor (f. example Siemens B57045K222K)

DIRECTIVESMains harmonics limit EN 61000-3-2 no no not necessary

Interference emission EN 50081-1, EN 55011 class B, EN 50081-1, EN 55011 class B,




Test mark / approbation - cUL - -






CE mark no no not necessary





Ambient temperature -40°C up to +55°C 0 up to +55°C





Connection output voltage connector RM5,08mm to screw connector RM7,62mm to screw4-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (+ -) 4-pole 0,75-4,0mm2 (+ + - -)







C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 21

C 1/22

The battery chargers series RLEC apply the ECS charging system which, in conjunction with our patented switchingconcept, is considered the optimum charging method available at present. All stock items are adjusted to NiCd-accumu-lators. Internal programming on manufacturer´s part permits both maintenance-free lead acid and NiCd storage batte-ries as well as open Pb-batteries to be charged 100% without prior discharging.

The ECS charging system adapts itself perfectly to the individual nature of the battery to be charged, so any exemplaryleakage or the history of the battery become irrelevant. The battery itself controls the charging process, because themomentary state of the battery is measured continually and charging is controlled according to these measured va-lues. This way the battery always draws the exact amount of energy it is able to store at the moment. This results in highefficiency without causing any damaging heat to the cells. Moreover charging time is reduced considerably as thecharging process constantly adapts to the amount of energy the battery can absorb.

The battery's number of charging cycles is increased significantly which in turn increases battery's service life consider-ably.

Even older batteries can be regenerated with the ECS charging method as the charging pulses format the individualcells and remove sulfating, minimizing the memory effect.

Precise determination of the end of charging process prevents short-time overcharging of battery. That way repeatedattempts to recharge full batteries are detected and do not lead to detrimental overcharging. When the charging pro-cess has been completed the charger continues to take care of the battery, monitoring it continuously and providingthe ideal float charge. The battery is always ready for use.

Buffer-battery system is fully guaranteed, i.e. energy can also be drawn during mains connection. The reverse currentis <=1mA during switch off.

LEDs for visual control of charging progress .

Pulse battery chargersRLEC 2403S, 2405S and 2410S comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6RLEC 1220, 2420, 1240 and 2440 comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

vorher

500

1

620

2

770

3

980

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

Akku Nennkapazität 1000mAh

(mA

h)

Example of charging cycles:


battery chargers

Battery with a rated capacity of 1000 mAh

before

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 22

C 1/23


bat

tery

cha

rger

s

Advantages: · Process-controlled fast charging to full capacity

· Innovative process prevents memory effect and regenerates batteries

· Up to 10 000 cycles possible

· Independent from charging condition

· Adapts charging precisely to battery's condition

· Automatic temperature control

· Automatic monitoring of charge voltage and charge amount

· Automatic termination of charging process

· Automatic intelligent float charge

· Reduces charging time considerably

· Automatic overcharge protection

· Short circuit proof and reverse polarity protected

· Significant increase of battery's service life

· Cost reduction due to battery's prolonged service life

· Available for NiCd or lead acid batteries

Series RLEC...S

As an optional extra, the battery chargers can be equipped with a centralized alarm via zero potential contact (contact is closedduring battery charging).

On request the chargers can also be provided for different cell quantities

(Pb max. 12 cells, NiCd max. 20 cells)

The battery chargers come in a compact plastic housing that provides comprehensive protection against accidental contact andmeets safety requirements for protection against electric shock comp. to VDE 0106 part 101.

The housing is designed for snap-on attachment to DIN EN 50022 rails for easy mounting.

Series RLEC

The battery chargers are fitted into a robust plastic-coated steel housing.

Pulse battery chargersRLEC 2403S, 2405S and 2410S comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6RLEC 1220, 2420, 1240 and 2440 comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

SSyymmbboolliicc ddiiaaggrraamm ooff tthhee cchhaarrggiinngg pprroocceessss::

yellow green

ECS charging method

Temperatureat dU/dt

switch-off

Float charge

char

ge v

olta

ge (V

)ch

arge

cur

rent

(A)

Cel

l tem

per

atur

e

Current pulse

MeasuringFloat charge

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 23

C 1/24

Pulse battery chargersRLEC 2403S, 2405S and 2410S comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

Technical data for model RLEC 2403S RLEC 2405S RLEC 2410S

Input

Mains input voltage AC 230V or AC 400V

Mains input voltage range + 10 % to - 10 % comp. to DIN IEC 38

Frequency 50Hz / 60Hz

Input fuses 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mm 5 x 20 mmAC 230V 1,25 A time lag 2,5 A time lag 4,0 A time lagAC 400V external external external

Output

Battery rated voltage DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V

Max. charge current DC 3 A DC 5 A DC 10 A

Battery type NiCd batteries (factory internal programming for Pb-batteries possible)

Status display two-color LED yellow: charging / green: chargedred LED trouble (battery defective or outside tolerance range)

Charging characteristic ECS method in conjunction with patented switching concept

Temperature control during charging charge dependent on battery temperature

Overload protection via internal electronic current limiter

Reverse current when mains off, I =< 1mA

Reverse polarity protection integrated (reverse polarity current < 1mA)

Overtemperature protection automatic cut-off if battery or electronics overheats


Temperature range 0° C to + 40° C

General data

Transformer test voltage between input and output comp. to regulation (safety transformer)

Directives VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6, EN 61131-2/part 2

CE-mark yes


Cooling convection

Type of connection PC terminals

Connection data fine strand max. 2,5mm2

Mounting on DIN EN 50022 mounting rail, spacing > 8mm

Protection rating comp. VDE 0470 IP 20

Protection class comp. VDE 0106 T1 prepared for protection class II

Insulation class E

Dimensions in mm approx.(Length/Width/Depth) 82 x 90 x 153 134 x 125 x 175 134 x 125 x 175

Mounting template in mm, approx. - 87 x 120 87 x 120

Article no. AC 230 V 0239-0002403S 0239-0002405S 0239-0002410SAC 400 V 0240-0002403S 0240-0002405S 0240-0002410S

Copper weight in kg 0,97 1,18 1,18

Weight in kg 2,5 4,3 4,5

RLEC 2403S RLEC 2410S


battery chargers

RLEC 2405S

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 24

C 1/25


bat

tery

cha

rger

s

Pulse battery chargersRLEC 1220, 2420, 1240 and 2440 comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

RLEC 1220 RLEC 2440

Technical data for model RLEC 1220 RLEC 2420 RLEC 1240 RLEC 2440

Input

Mains input voltage AC 230V



Input fuses 230V ETA 3 A ETA 5 A ETA 5 A ETA 8 A

Output

Battery rated voltage DC 12V DC 24V DC 12V DC 24V

Max. charge current 20ADC 20ADC 40ADC 40ADC

Battery type lead acid or NiCd batteries (battery type can be programmed internally)

Status display green chargedLEDs yellow charging

red trouble (battery defective or outside temperature range)

Charging characteristic ECS method in conjunction with patented switching concept

Temperature control during charging charge dependent on battery temperature

Overload protection via internal electronic current limiter



Overtemperature protection automatic cut-off if battery or electronics overheat


Temperature range 0° C to + 40° C

Efficiency 90 %

General data

Transformer test voltage between input and output comp. to regulation (safety transformers)

Directives VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6, EN 61131-2/part 2

CE-mark yes


Cooling convection forced air

Type of connection terminal blocks (protected against finger touch comp. to VBG 4)

Connection data fine strand fine strandprimary max. 4 mm2 primary max. 4 mm2

secondary max. 10 mm2 secondary max. 16 mm2

Mounting integrated mounting brackets


Protection class comp. VDE 0106 T1 I

Insulation class E

Dimensions in mm approx.(Length / Width / Height) 210 / 225 / 190 195 / 315 / 175 195 / 315 / 175 240 / 350 / 195

Mounting template in mm, approx. 200 / 115 290 / 125 290 / 125 330 / 140

Article no. Pri. 230V 0237-230-012-01 0237-230-024-02 0237-230-012-03 0237-230-024-04Pri. 400V 0238-400-012-01 0238-400-024-02 0238-400-012-03 0238-400-024-04

Copper weight in kg 1,03 1,68 1,68 2,50

Weight in kg 8,00 15,00 15,00 18,00

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 25

C 1/26


Intelligent Automatic ChargerRALG 240 comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

Technical data for model RALG 240

Input

Mains input voltage AC 230V


Recommended fuse protection on line side line circuit breaker C6, B10


Output

Battery rated voltage DC 12V, DC 24V and DC 42V

Maximal charging current 5ADC Puls@42V, 10ADC Puls@24V and 12V

Battery type lead acid accumulators 6, 12, 21 cells (12V, 24V, 42V) 20 up to 400 Ah

Reverse current at line off, I =< 0,1% IMAX

Status LED report LED orange

LED blue

LED green

LED yellow

LED red

Display

operation on

pulse

charged

charging

battery or charger defect

for battery voltage display

Characteristic – charging method ECS-charging method in connection with patented switching concept

Temperature control during charging charging according to ambient temperature

Overtemperature protection automatic switch-off at overtemperature of battery resp. electronics

Overload protection via internal electronic current limitation


RFI suppression better than VDE 0871, limit curve B

General data

Battery rated voltage DC 12V, DC 24V and DC 42V

Test voltage input / output 4000VAC RMS 50Hz, 1min

Regulations VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6, EN 61131-2/part 2

Line harmonics limitation EN 61000-3-2

Interference emission EN 550081-1, EN 55011 class B, EN 55022 class B

Interference immunity EN 50082-2

Safety EN 60950, IEC 950

CE-mark yes

Protection rating comp. VDE 0470 / EN 60529 IP32 metal housing

Protection class comp. IEC 536, VDE 0106 T1 I

Insulation class E

Connection primary

secondary

earthing contact plug

cable with battery terminals

Cooling natural convection


Measurements in mm (L/W/H) 320/200/134 mm

Operation temperature range full power -20ºC...+50ºC

Storage temperature -25ºC...+85°C

Mounting template in mm (L/W) 157/183

Article no. 0270-0000240G

Weight 6 kg

Product description

RALG 240G car battery charger is an individual development for motorcar application. It is a universal automatic char-ger for 12V, 24V and 42V batteries with a maximal charging power of 240 Watt.

Its integrated intelligence recognizes the battery´s voltage level and adjusts to optimal charging characteristic acc. toECS-method.

Essential features:

- Fast and gentle battery charging

- Optimized charging process, optimized charging current

- Avoids overcharge via float charge

- Reverse polarity protection

- Automatic ON/OFF, i.e. minimizes sparking / fire hazards or damage tobattery poles

- Extensive protection mechanisms, such as overtemperature switch-off,undervoltage switch-off, reference control and comparison setpoint andactual values

- Other designs available, for example as wall- or base frame unit

battery chargers

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 26

C 1/27

DC - UPS modulesRDCUSV 3S to RDCUSV 50S


Product description

We are faced daily with trouble in our mains supply systems which can add up to 10% of total operation time. Fluctua-tions and voltage dips occur, occasionally even total power failures, for example caused by strokes of lightning or faultymaintenance. A suitable UPS-system (Uninterruptible Power Supply) provides protection against such faults.

According to EN 61131-2 / part 2 (limit values for rated D.C. voltage at DC 24 V) the currently valid operational voltage forelectronic controls is DC 24V (DC 20.4V - DC 28.8V RMS). Power packs have to be designed accordingly.

In connection with our D.C. power supplies we produce DC UPS modules for such cases. They can be connected easi-ly secondary in parallel, thereby providing reliable protection for your control units.

The patented technology of our UPS modules make switching controllers such as boost choppers unnecessary. EMCproblems therefore do not occur.

All Riedel-UPS modules, inclusive battery, are fitted into compact housings and easy to mount.

The DC UPS modules can be snapped onto mounting rails according to DIN EN 50022. The module is available in ver-sions 24 VDC 3A 30s, 24 VDC 10A 30s, 24 VDC 20A 30s and 24 VDC 40A 30s. Other types are available on request.

For application the module is to be connected in parallel to the D.C. voltage output of a DC 24V power pack (see sche-matic diagram) and the "OFF" terminal is connected to the minus terminal.

When switching off this "OFF"-contact must be opened via the auxiliary contact of the main switch, so that the UPS-moduleis deactivated!

The module's electronics monitors the output voltage and switches the battery on when previously set threshold value(22VDC) is not reached. The internal battery serves as supply source for the power consumer over a defined period(up to 30 seconds) providing a maximum current of 3A, 10A, 20A or 40A which is limited internally. The output voltage isstabilized to a threshold value of 22 VDC (see diagram).

LEDs provide a visual indicator, signaling Ready (green), UPS-operation (yellow) and battery undervoltage (red). A zeropotential contact opens when UPS-operation begins, so signaling a mains power failure.

For control of the UPS module an input terminal is provided, which must be connected to the minus-terminal to activate themodule.

For non-stabilized D.C. supplies we offer a more reasonable version of DC UPS modules, featuring an activation thres-hold voltage of 20.6VDC. At 20.6VDC the output voltage of the module is still within limit values for D.C. voltage of24VDC comp. to EN 61131-2 / part 2 in the event of UPS activation.

The standard product range can be extended to include custom designs.


UP

S

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 27

C 1/28


- Plastic enclosure for snap-on mounting (DIN EN 50022)

- LED status display on front• Ready: green LED - UPS is ready to provide current• Run: yellow LED - battery is providing current• Charge: red LED - battery voltage is too low

- Zero potential signal output via screw-type terminals• UPS active: battery is providing current

contact opens

- Input to switch on the UPS function via screw-type terminalConnect OFF-terminal to minus terminal for switch on

- In the event of mains failure, stabilized output voltage (22 VDC resp. 20.6 VDC)

- Short circuit proof

- Automatic cut-off in the event of:• overtemperature• low battery voltage (17 VDC)

- Automatic charging• IU characteristic

Switch off back-up time limit for longer UPS-times

Maximal back-up capacities on request

Construction

Function

Option

Back-up times

Top view


UP

S

RDCUSV 3S RDCUSV 10S / 16S RDCUSV 20S /30S RDCUSV 40S / 50S

6 min 2,8 A 8,0 A 21,0 A 22,0 A

10 min 1,9 A 5,9 A 16,0 A 17,0 A

30 min 0,8 A 2,3 A 6,0 A 7,0 A

60 min 0,5 A 1,8 A 3,8 A 4,2 A

120 min 0,3 A 0,75 A 2,0 A 2,6 A

240 min 0,17 A 0,4 A 1,0 A 1,6 A

Discharge characteristic Example RDCUSV 10S

Discharge current in A

Dis

char

ge t

ime

in m

in

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 28

Technical data RDCUSV 3S RDCUSV 10S RDCUSV 16S RDCUSV 20S RDCUSV 30S RDCUSV 40S RDCUSV 50SMax. current drain 3 ADC 10 ADC 16 ADC 20 ADC 30 ADC 40 ADC 50 ADC

Back-up time at max. current adjusted by Riedel to 30 s (other back-up times optional)

Maximum current pick-up ≤ 0,3 A ≤ 1 A ≤ 2 A ≤ 3 Aafter total discharge

Back-up ready for 1 cycle after 5 mins.after total discharge

Charging system IU characteristic

Activation threshold 20,6 VDC

Total discharge protection switch-off threshold 17 VDC

Type of battery lead acid

Signal output zero potential, load up to 24 VDC / 50 mA

Ambient temperature 0– 40°C

General dataCE-mark yes



Connection data fine strand, max. 2,5mm2 fine strand, max. 4mm2

Mounting mounting rail (DIN EN 50 022), spaced > 8mm


Protection class comp. VDE 0106 T1 SELV

Weight in kg approx. 0,9 approx. 3,5 approx. 4,4 approx. 6,5

Article no. 20,6 V 0251-0000003S 0251-0000010S 0251-0000016S 0251-0000020S 0251-0000030S 0251-0000040S 0251-0000050S

Dimensions in mm (L/W/H) 82 / 90 / 120 134 / 125 / 150 157 / 175 / 185 200 / 180 / 185

C 1/29

Version for activation threshold 20,6 VDC:


Technical data RDCUSV 3S RDCUSV 10S RDCUSV 20S RDCUSV 40SMax. current drain 3 ADC 10 ADC 20 ADC 40 ADC

Back-up time at max. current adjusted by Riedel to 30 s (other back-up times optional)

Maximum current pick-up ≤ 0,3 A ≤ 1 A ≤ 2 A 3 Aafter total discharge

Back-up ready for 1 cycle after 5 mins.after total discharge

Charging system IU characteristic

Activation threshold 22 VDC

Total discharge protection switch-off threshold 17 VDC

Type of battery lead acid

Signal output zero potential, load up to 24 VDC / 50 mA

Ambient temperature 0– 40°C

General dataCE-mark yes



Connection data fine strand, max. 2,5mm2 fine strand, max. 4mm2

Mounting mounting rail (DIN EN 50 022), spaced > 8mm


Protection class comp. VDE 0106 T1 SELV

Weight in kg approx. 0,9 approx. 3,5 approx. 4,4 approx. 6,5

Article no. 22,0 V 0250-0000003S 0250-0000010S 0250-0000020S 0250-0000040S

Dimensions in mm (L/W/H) 82 / 90 / 120 134 / 125 / 150 157 / 175 / 185 200 / 180 / 185

Version for activation threshold 22 VDC:


RDCUSV 3S RDCUSV 20S, RDCUSV 30S RDCUSV 40S, RDCUSV 50S


RDCUSV 10S, RDCUSV 16S

UP

S

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 29

C 1/30

UP

S

Product description:

DC - UPS moduleRIPCUSV 5S supply for industrial PCs (IPC)

RIPCUSV 5S complements series RDCUSV. RIPCUSV-modules are equipped with a serial interface, which, connected to a 24VDCsupplied industrial-PC (IPC) and the operation system Microsoft Windows NT/2000/XP, enables setup of a computer controlled non-interruptible power supply. Communication between UPS and IPC takes place via interface, i.e. the IPC receives a signal after UPS-ti-me limit has been reached. The IPC then closes the system. As soon as the computer has shut down the UPS receives a report and inturn shuts off the computer's supply voltage.

The patented method of DC-UPS-modules makes any application of switching controllers, for example boost choppers, unnecessa-ry. EMC-problems do not occur.

All Riedel IPC-UPS-modules are installed together with the accumulator in compact housings and are easy to assemble. IPC-UPS-modules are snapped onto supporting rails according to DIN EN 50022. For operation connect them to the DC-output of the DC 24V-power supply (see block diagram) and connect terminal "AUS / OFF" with the minus-terminal.

The module's electronics guards the output voltage and switches on the accumulator when pre-adjusted threshold (20,6VDC) fallsshort. The internal accumulator serves as supply source to the consumer for a defined time range with 5A maximal current, which is li-mited internally. The output voltage will be controlled to threshold value (20,6VDC). For visual control LEDs signal readiness (green),UPS-operation (yellow) and accumulator undervoltage (red).

Construction: - Plastic housing for snap-on assembly (DIN EN 50022)

- Unit status display via LED on front side

• Ready: LED green - UPS can deliver current

• Operation: LED yellow - accu delivers current

• Accu is charging: LED red - undervoltage accu

- Opening for UPS switch-on via screw-terminal

For switch-on connect terminal "AUS / OFF" with minus-terminal

Function: - During power-line failure stabilized output voltage ( 20,6 VDC)

- Boot time bridging adjustable (2-3-4-5min)

- Adjustable UPS-time (0,5 up to 30s), after that signal to IPC via interface

- UPS switch-off via signal from computer;

automatic switch-off after adjustable waiting period (4-6-8-10min)

- Short circuit proof

- Automatic switch-off at:

• · Undervoltage accu (17 VDC)

- Automatic charge

• · IU-characteristic

Article no.: 0254-0000005S


Accu-packsSeries RAP in 2Ah, 5Ah, 7Ah

Model Power Voltage Article No. Approx. dimensions in mm

Ah VDC Length Width Depth

RAP 24/2Ah 2 24 0253-000002Ah 125 135 160

RAP 24/5Ah 5 24 0253-000005Ah 175 150 180

RAP 24/7Ah 7 24 0253-000007Ah 200 180 180

In general:

The compact and space-saving industrial design of the enclosed accu-packs series RAPprovides comprehensive protection against accidental contact. The units snap easily on-to DIN EN 50022 mounting rails and can be fixated additionally with screws. Units of thesame type can be switched in parallel or in series.

Riedel-accu-packs contain valve compatible, maintenance free industrial lead acid batte-ries showing high current delivery which originally had been specially developed for appli-cation in danger report systems, emergency lighting, medicine, alarms, non-interruptible po-wer supplies and Telecom-systems.

The accu-packs can be fitted in any position except upside down. Do not operate theseunits in upside down position.

Input and output are protected with flat-plug fuses readily available all over the world.

Other capacities on request

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 30

C 1/31

Subject to technical modificationsShort-term delivery

Technical data

INPUT

Input range 184...264 VAC

Frequency 45...65Hz

Efficiency (Uin = 230 VAC, 100% load) 12V 24V 48VRADA 4730 85% RADA 4740 87% RADA 4570 87%

RADA 4980 88% RADA 4990 89%

Protection EN 60950 class 1

Insulation input / grounding 1500 VAC RMS 50Hz, 1mininput / output 3000 VAC RMS 50Hz, 1min

output / grounding 500 VDC

EMC EN 55022 class B

Inrush current limited via 7R NTC-resistor

Overvoltages protected via 275V 72J VDR-resistor

Input fuse RADA 4830 and RADA 4570 T6.3A, all others T4A

CE-mark yes

OUTPUT 12V 24V 48V

Charge voltage (50% load) 13.7 V 27.3 V 54.6 V

Output adjustment (select) 11...15 V 23...29 V 45…58VDC

Minimum voltage (total discharge protection) 10V±0.3V 20V±0.5V 40V±0.5V

Ripple voltage (f = 20Hz...300kHz, Tamb = 25°C) < 15mVrms < 15mVrms < 15mVrms

Load stabilization (Iout = 10...100%) ±1.5 % ±1 % ±0.5 %

Mains stabilization (Uinmin...Uinmax) ±0.1 % ±0.1 % ±0.1 %

Output current, charger 10 A 5 A (4740), 10A (4980) 2.5A (4570), 5A (4990)

Current limiting, charger < 11 A < 6 A (4740), < 11A (4980) < 3 A (4570), < 6A (4990)

Short circuit limitation, charger and battery Fuse 15A

OUTPUT 12V 24V 48V

Battery capacity 14Ah 7Ah 2Ah

Battery type / Yuasa NP 7-12 7Ah 12V NP 7-12 7Ah 12V NP 2-12 2Ah 12V

UPS-time (approx. values) 10A / 45min, 2A / 5h 5A / 45min, 1A / 5 h 2A / 25 min, 0.5A / 2.5 h

Temperature compensation for battery 2k2 NTC-resistor

Total discharge protection for battery trigger at 10V trigger at 20V trigger at 40V

DISPLAYS AND ALARM REPORTS

Charger output OK green LED is on

Power line failure zero potential opening and closing relay contact, relay 24VDC/0.3A or 30VAC/0.5A

Sabotage switch against undue opening of housing microswitch, opening and closing contact

MECHANICS

Measurements RADA 4740, 4980, 4990 wall / 188 x 317 x 110mmRADA 4730, 4570 wall / 188 x 277 x 110mm

Installation wall / screw connection

Weight without batteries <3kg (with batteries 12V/8kg, 24V/8kg, 48V/5kg)

Shutting of door with tool (screw driver)

Enclosure steel housing IP21

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Operating temperature -40°C...+55°C without batteries (-20°C...+45°C with standard batteries)

Humidity 85% RH IEC68-2-30

Cooling convection

CONNECTIONS

Input RADA 4740, RADA 4980, RADA 4990 2,5mm2 3-pole screw terminal (L-N-PE)RADA 4730, RADA 4570 6mm2 3-pole screw terminal (L-N-PE)

All types cable inlet on top, incl. 1,5 m line cable

Output RADA 4740, 4980, 4990 2,5mm2 9-pole screw terminal (++, - -, alarm, battery)2,5mm2 2-pole screw terminal (door alarm)

RADA 4730, 4570 6mm2 8-pole screw terminal (+, -, alarm, door alarm)All types cable inlet on top

Power supplieswith back-up batteryRADA 4730 - RADA 4990

- 12VDC and 24VDC

- Safe design

- Temperature controlled

- Signal power line failure

- 15A output switch

- Small size

- EMC EN55022B

- Total discharge protection

- Mains connection via clamp terminal or screw terminal

- Optional sabotage switch against undue opening of housing

Features:

RADA 4730 = 0260-00004730

RADA 4740 = 0260-00004740

RADA 4980 = 0260-00004980

RADA 4570 = 0260-00004570

Article numbers:

RADA 4990 = 0260-00004990

Oth

ers

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 31

C 1/32

RCV: Riedel Control Voltage

Monitoring DC voltage

- Compact modern industrial design

- Fits DIN EN 50022 mounting rail

- Connections finger-safe and back of hand safe comp. VBG 4 accident prevention regu-lations

- Simple installation

- Analysis via alarm contact (change-over contact)

- Relay remains closed as long as voltage is within tolerance range

- Zero potential contact, load capacity up to 200mA/230VAC

- Green LED remains on as long as relay is closed

- RCVU: monitors undervoltage

- RCV: monitors both under- and overvoltage

Voltage monitoring modulesSeries RCV

Unit name:

Application:

Features:

Application example:Protection against totaldischarge

Technical data RCVU 24 VS RCV 24 VSmonitors undervoltage only monitors under- and overvoltage

Operation voltage DC 24 V DC 24 V

Current consumption Relay closed < 30mA Relay closed < 30mARelay released < 3mA Relay released < 3mA

Temperature drift < 0,01% < 0,01%

Tolerance < 0,1% < 0,1%

Reverse polarity protection yes yes

Type of connection P.C. terminals P.C. terminals

Article no. 0252-00000001 0252-00000002

Dimensions in mm

Width / length / depth 22 / 79 / 84 22 / 79 / 84


Others

Powerconsumer

RLG 2405 RCV

C_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:32 Seite 32

Robots manufacture cars - automation is common. The applicationof modern technology not only makes production economic, it alsoleads to more tolerable jobs and long-lasting, reliable vehicles. Theeconomic production of reliable products at state-of-the art techno-logy is part and parcel of our company's philosophy – a good reasonfor the car industry and their suppliers to use Riedel products.

DProduct groupCopyright: BMW/Siemens/Riedel

Pow

er packs

3x 380/400/420 V 3x 380/400/420 V Copper TotalModel Current 24 VDC 24 VDC weight weight Approx. dimensions in mm

without capacitor with capacitor

A DC Article-no. Article-no. kg kg a b c d e f Attachment

RDRK 2,5 2,5 21–400–024–01 21–400–024–K01 0,70 2,50 130 75 160 84 46 45 M 5

RDRK 5 5 21–400–024–02 21–400–024–K02 0,80 3,00 130 85 165 84 56 45 M 5

RDRK 7,5 7,5 21–400–024–03 21–400–024–K03 1,20 4,40 155 70 195 90 55 55 M 5

RDRK 10 10 21–400–024–04 21–400–024–K04 1,40 6,00 155 85 195 90 70 55 M 5

RDRK 16 16 21–400–024–05 21–400–024–K05 2,30 7,00 190 170 165 128 72 60 M 6

RDRK 20 20 21–400–024–06 21–400–024–K06 2,50 8,40 190 180 165 128 82 60 M 6

RDRK 25 25 21–400–024–07 21–400–024–K07 3,00 11 ,30 190 190 165 128 92 70 M 6

RDRK 30 30 21–400–024–08 21–400–024–K08 4,00 11 ,40 190 190 165 128 92 70 M 6

RDRK 40 40 21–400–024–09 21–400–024–K09 4,80 17,10 230 190 210 176 7 1 - M 6

RDRK 60 60 21–400–024–1 0 21–400–024–K1 0 5,00 21,00 290 200 240 190 120 85 M 10

Design:

with connected three-phase bridge rectifier,input 3 x 380/400/420 V, output 24 VDC, residual ripple < 5%

with connected three-phase bridge rectifier and capacitorinput 3 x 380/400/420 V, output 24 VDC, residual ripple < 2%

Series RDRK has been developed specially for application in programmable logiccontrollers (PLC). The transformers are well dimensioned and voltage stable allo-wing for particular flat characteristic between no-load and load. Over- or undervol-tages, critical for PLCs, do not occur even at increased mains voltage fluctuations.

Series RDRK is equipped with strongly oversized profile heat sinks that guaranteeintensified heat dissipation. Its rectifiers are protected against temporary currentsurges and voltage spikes.

The capacitor version is protected via a mini circuit board containing a matching va-ristor, foil capacitor and discharge resistor.


Open vertical design, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separatewindings, sturdy mounting brackets. All connections via non-tracking terminalblocks with screw connections. The terminals are protected against finger touch orcontact with the back of the hand in compliance to accident prevention regulations(VBG 4).

IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23, insulation class E, max.ambient temperature ta40°C, color grey, heat sink black anodized.

Capacitor versions show a slight diversion from stated measurements but attach-ments remain the same.Further designs available on request (fuses, voltages, connections, etc.)

Three-phase compact rectifier transformersSafety transformers comp. VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

RDRK 2,5 – 60


Standard version:

Capacitor version:

D 1/2

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 2

Pow

er p

acks

Design:

with connected three-phase bridge rectifier,input 3 x 380/400/420 V, output 24 VDC, residual ripple < 5%

with connected three-phase bridge rectifier and capacitorinput 3 x 380/400/420 V, output 24 VDC, residual ripple < 2%

Series RDRKL, just like RDRK, has been developed specially for application in pro-grammable logic controllers (PLC). The transformers are well dimensioned and vol-tage stable allowing for particular flat characteristic between no-load and load.Over- or undervoltages, critical for PLC's, do not occur even at increased mains vol-tage fluctuations.

Series RDRKL is equipped with strongly oversized profile heat sinks that guaranteeintensified heat dissipation. Its rectifiers are protected against temporary currentsurges and voltage spikes.

The capacitor version is protected via a mini circuit board containing a matching va-ristor, foil capacitor and discharge resistor.


Open horizontal design, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separatewindings, sturdy mounting brackets. All connections to non-tracking terminalblocks with screw connections. The terminals are protected against finger touch orcontact with the back of the hand in compliance to accident prevention regulations(VBG 4).

IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23, insulation class E, max.ambient temperature ta40°C, color grey, heat sink black anodized.

Capacitor versions show a slight diversion from stated measurements but attach-ments remain the same.

Further designs available on request (fuses, voltages, connections, etc.)


3x 380/400/420 V 3x 380/400/420 V Copper TotalModel Current 24 VDC 24 VDC weight weight Approx. dimensions in mm

without capacitor with capacitor

A DC Article-no. Article-no. kg kg a b c d e Attachment

RDRKL 10 10 22–400–024–01 22–400–024–K01 1 ,4 6,0 156 165 160 140 100 M 5

RDRKL 16 16 22–400–024–02 22–400–024–K02 2,5 8,6 206 200 190 184 120 M 6

RDRKL 20 20 22–400–024–03 22–400–024–K03 2,8 10,4 206 200 200 184 120 M 6

RDRKL 25 25 22–400–024–04 22–400–024–K04 3,0 10,8 206 200 200 184 120 M 6

RDRKL 30 30 22–400–024–05 22–400–024–K05 4,0 1 1 ,0 206 220 200 184 120 M 6

RDRKL 40 40 22–400–024–06 22–400–024–K06 5,8 22,0 254 240 230 228 152 M 6

RDRKL 60 60 22–400–024–07 22–400–024–K07 6,6 25,0 290 260 230 258 160 M 8

RDRKL 90 90 22–400–024–08 22–400–024–K08 10,5 38,0 300 300 240 258 176 M 8

RDRKL 120 120 22–400–024–09 22–400–024–K09 13,5 43,0 380 325 240 298 200 M 8

Three-phasecompact rectifier transformersSafety transformers comp. VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

RDRKL 10 – 120


Standard version:

Capacitor version:

D 1/3

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 3

Pow

er packs

Design:

with connected three-phase bridge rectifier and capacitor

Interchangeable input connections:

3 x 210/220/230/240/255/265/275/290/300/360/380/400/420/440/460/480/500/520 V

Output 24 V DC, residual ripple < 2%.

Open design, stationary, for installation and set-p in dry rooms, separate win-dings, sturdy mounting brackets. Connection to non-tracking transformer ter-minals with screw- and tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm up to 5 A, and 6.3 x 0.8mm up to 20 A. According to DIN 46249, the tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm canonly be loaded up to 5 A, and the 6.3 x 0.8 up to 20 A. The terminals are protec-ted against finger touch or contact with the back of the hand in compliance toaccident prevention regulations (VBG 4).



3x 210–520 V Copper TotalModel Current Size 24 VDC weight weight Approx. dimensions in mm

A DC Article-no. kg kg a b c d e Attachment

RDRKU 5 5 3 UI 75/26 22–400–U–01 1 ,5 4,9 200 90 195 130 57 M 6

RDRKU 10 10 3 UI 75/41 22–400–U–02 2,0 7,0 200 115 195 130 72 M 6

RDRKU 15 15 3 UI 90/41 22–400–U–03 3,0 8,0 230 175 195 170 68 M 6

RDRKU 20 20 3 UI 90/51 22–400–U–04 3,5 11,5 230 195 195 170 78 M 6

RDRKU 25 25 3 UI 90/51 22–400–U–05 4,0 12,0 230 195 195 170 78 M 6

Three-phase-universal-compact-rectifier transformersSafety transformers comp. VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6

RDRKU 5 – 25


D 1/4

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 4

Pow

er p

acks

(K) - capacitor version

Standard version:

Capacitor version:

Design:

Merits:

with connected three-phase bridge rectifierinput 3x 380/400/420 V, output 24 VDC, residual ripple < 5 %

with connected three-phase bridge rectifier and capacitorinput 3x 380/400/420 V, output 24 VDC, residual ripple < 2 %

Closed design, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separatewindings, sturdy mounting brackets. Connection to non-tracking transformerterminals with screw connection. The terminals are protected against fingertouch or contact with the back of the hand in compliance to accident preven-tion regulations (VBG 4).



Core loss reduction by two-way lamination, safeguarded against short cut viainsulated bushings, low voltage drop (no-load - load operation), low total los-ses, temperature reserves - full load capacity even at ta 60°C/E, high output atshort-time duty, mounting brackets comp. to DIN 41307, attachment dimen-sions comp. to DIN 41308.

3�380/400/420 V Copper TotalModel Current 24 V DC weight weight Approx. dimensions in mm

ADC Article-no. kg kg a b c d e Attachment

RDRKN 10 10 28–400–024–01 1,6 4,9 156 165 110 140 100 M 5

RDRKN 16 16 28–400–024–02 1,9 6,5 156 165 125 140 100 M 5

RDRKN 20 20 28–400–024–03 2,4 9,8 206 190 140 184 120 M 6

RDRKN 25 25 28–400–024–04 3,2 10,7 206 200 160 184 120 M 6

RDRKN 30 30 28–400–024–05 3,9 11 ,5 206 200 160 184 120 M 6

RDRKN 40 40 28–400–024–06 6,0 17,0 254 235 155 228 152 M 6

RDRKN 60 60 28–400–024–07 6,9 22,0 254 235 180 228 152 M 6

Standard version:

3�380/400/420 V Copper TotalModel Current 24 V DC weight weight Approx. dimensions in mm

ADC Article-no. kg kg a b c d e Attachment

RDRKN 10 K 10 28–400–024–K 01 1,6 4,9 156 165 110 140 100 M 5

RDRKN 16 K 16 28–400–024–K 02 1,9 6,5 156 165 125 140 100 M 5

RDRKN 20 K 20 28–400–024–K 03 2,4 9,8 206 190 140 184 120 M 6

RDRKN 25 K 25 28–400–024–K 04 3,2 10,7 206 200 160 184 120 M 6

RDRKN 30 K 30 28–400–024–K 05 3,9 11 ,5 206 200 160 184 120 M 6

RDRKN 40 K 40 28–400–024–K 06 6,0 17,0 254 235 155 228 152 M 6

RDRKN 60 K 60 28–400–024–K 07 6,9 22,0 254 235 180 228 152 M 6

Capacitor version:


RDRKN 10 – 60


D 1/5


D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 5

Pow

er packs


RDRKS 7,5 – 30

Circuit diagram standard version:

Circuit diagram capacitor version:

Top view and terminal assignment:

Model ��

A A A A %

RDRKS 7,5 0,36 LS C1 7,5 7,5 76,0

RDRKS 1 0 0,47 LS C1 10,0 10,0 77,4

RDRKS 1 5 0,70 LS C2 15,0 15,0 76,6

RDRKS 20 0,94 LS C4 20,0 20,0 77,4

RDRKS 30 1,35 LS C6 30,0 30,0 80,9

Currentinput

Currentoutput

Model Losses

kg kg W Article no. Article no.

RDRKS 7,5 (K) 1,2 3,8 57 0256-400-24-01 0257-400-24-K01

RDRKS 1 0 (K) 1,6 4,4 70 0256-400-24-02 0257-400-24-K02

RDRKS 1 5 (K) 1,8 6,3 110 0256-400-24-03 0257-400-24-K03

RDRKS 20 (K) 2,4 9,0 140 0256-400-24-04 0257-400-24-K04

RDRKS 30 (K) 3,9 11,5 170 0256-400-24-05 0257-400-24-K05

Fusinginput

Fusingoutput

3 x 380/400/420V24VDC

without capacitor

3 x 380/400/420V24VDC

with capacitor

Fuses:

Weights and order nos.:

Standard stock itemsSubject to technical modifications (K)-capacitor version

D 1/6

Copperweight

Totalweight

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 6

Pow

er p

acks

In general: Series RDRKS in modern industrial design, meets national, international andupcoming regulations. It was designed bearing following aspects in mind:

- optimal layout to reduce surface area

- simple mounting via open-ended slot



- good value for reasonable price

- low total losses

Covered, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separate win-dings, open-ended mounting slot integrated in cover. Connection to non-tracking transformer terminals with screw connection. Terminals are protectedagainst finger touch or contact with the back of the hand in compliance to acci-dent prevention regulations (VBG 4).

Input: 3 x 380/400/420 V

Output: 24 VDC with connected three-phase bridge rectifier, varistor,resistor, LED, universal blade fuse, residual ripple < 5% or24 VDC with connected three-phase bridge rectifier, varistor,resistor, LED, universal blade fuse, electrolyte capacitor, resi-dual ripple < 2% (capacitor version).


Test voltage: between input and output circuit 4467V, 50 Hz

Design: IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23,insulation class E, max. ambient temperature ta 40°C

Other voltages available on request.

3 x 380/400/420 V 3 x 380/400/420 VModel Current 24 V DC 24 V DC Approx. dimensions in mm

ADC Article no. Article no. (K) a b c d e f Attachment

RDRKS 7,5 (K) 7,5 0256-400-24-01 0257-400-24-K01 125 105 200 90 90 165 M 5

RDRKS 10 (K) 10 0256-400-24-02 0257-400-24-K02 125 105 200 90 90 165 M 5

RDRKS 15 (K) 15 0256-400-24-03 0257-400-24-K03 125 130 200 90 115 165 M 5

RDRKS 20 (K) 20 0256-400-24-04 0257-400-24-K04 190 130 200 150 115 165 M 6

RDRKS 30 (K) 30 0256-400-24-05 0257-400-24-K05 190 165 200 150 135 165 M 6

Standard version:

Design:

Technical data:


RDRKS 7,5 – 30

D 1/7

(K) - capacitor version Subject to technical modificationsStandard stock items

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 7

Pow

er packs

Design:

Irrespective of operation mode, series RDRKG remains well below the limit va-lues for rated voltage 24 V DC, laid down in EN61131-2 / part 2 (D.C. powersupplies for electronic control units). It even applies for mains fluctuations of+ 10% / -10% acc. to DIN IEC 38. Generously dimensioned electrolytic capaci-tors achieve a minimal residual ripple of ≤ 2% required for exacting demands.Consumers are comprehensively protected against interference voltage spi-kes, overvoltage, HF interference voltages and capacitor residual charges. Allmodels of series RDRKG are manufactured with high performance ICs in hy-brid technology on aluminum-oxide ceramic-basis and are fused on output si-de.


Units RDRKG 5 - 10 are protected by quick safety fuses and from 16 A upwardswith high-performance automatic circuit breakers comp. to VDE 0660 Part 104featuring thermal release for overload protection and electromagnetic instant-aneous trip for short-circuits.

The compact power packs of series RDRKG base on transformers comp. VDE0570. They meet the requirements for protection against electric shock comp.to DIN VDE 0106 Part 101.

The safe separation of protection low voltage (SELV)- and functional low volta-ge (FELV)- circuits from other circuits is thereby ensured.

Developed for "worst case"-conditions, these units are way above rating andcan be operated in any position at ta 60°C.

The sensitive parts are encased in well-ventilated housings.

Closed design, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separatewindings, sturdy mounting brackets. Connections to non-tracking terminalblocks with screw connections. The terminals are protected against fingertouch or contact with the back of the hand in compliance to accident preven-tion regulations (VBG 4).

Input 3 x 380/400/420 VOutput 24 VDC, residual ripple < 2%


Model Current 3x 380/400/420 V Copper Total Approx. dimensions in mm24 V DC weight weight

A DC Article-no. kg kg a b c d 1 d e Befestigung

RDRKG 5 5 21–400–024–G 2 0,80 3,30 145 85 157 135 90 50 M 5

RDRKG 7,5 7,5 21–400–024–G 3 1 ,20 4,50 180 105 190 170 113 50 M 5

RDRKG 10 10 21–400–024–G 4 1 ,40 5,50 180 105 190 170 113 64 M 5

RDRKG 16 16 21–400–024–G 5 2,50 7,80 200 200 175 185 134 166 M 6

RDRKG 20 20 21–400–024–G 6 2,80 11 ,30 200 210 175 185 134 176 M 6

RDRKG 25 25 21–400–024–G 7 3,00 11 ,80 200 210 175 185 134 176 M 6

RDRKG 30 30 21–400–024–G 8 4,00 14,00 200 210 175 185 134 176 M 6

RDRKG 40 40 21–400–024–G 9 5,80 23,00 285 220 220 260 185 195 M 8

RDRKG 60 60 21–400–024–G 10 6,60 25,00 285 234 220 260 185 210 M 8


RDRKG 5 – 60


D 1/8

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 8

Pow

er p

acks


The switch power packs of series RSNT 20–60 G are assembled with three-phase isolating transformers and subsequentswitching controllers. They remain well below the permissible interference levels defined in VDE 0875 Part 11, EN 55011limit curve B.The patented switching concept ensures an extremely low interference level. There is no need for filtering or shieldingwhatsoever.

The switch power packs are overload and short circuit proof and can be connected in parallel without restriction. An inter-nal electronic fuse ensures that units are always operated within safe operating range (SOA protection).

Two LEDs indicate momentary operation mode, green for constant voltage and yellow for constant current mode.

Design: Robust steel housing with integrated mounting holes, for installation and set-up in dry rooms. Primary, secondaryand ground connection via protruded, non-tracking terminal blocks with screw connections. The terminals are protectedagainst finger touch or contact with the back of the hand in compliance to accident prevention regulations (VBG 4).

Three-phase switch power packs, secondary switchedThree-phase safety transformers comp. VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6


RSNT 20 – 60 G regulated

Technical data RSNT 20G RSNT 30G RSNT 40G RSNT 50G RSNT 60G

Input

Mains input voltage 3 x AC 400 V



Input current 1,3 A 2,0 A 2,6 A 3,2 A 3,7 A

Input fuses external (thermal-magnetic overload release)

Output

Output voltage DC 24 V stabilized, twin terminals, externally adjustable 0... DC30 V

Status display LED green / yellow (U / I)

Ready signal (terminal B) DC 24V / max. load DC 0.1A when unit is in constant voltage mode

Adjustable output current 0...20 A 0...30 A 0...40 A 0...50 A 0...60 A

Residual ripple < 30 mV RMS

Short-circuit protection constant current operation

Load stabilization dynamic < 100 mVss / 500µs.



Overtemperature protection thermal switch-off when overtemperature > 85°C

RFI suppression VDE 0875 / EN 55011


General data

Test voltage transformer between input and output circuit comp. to regulations (safety transformer)


CE mark yes




Connection data fine strand, max. 4 / 10 mm2 fine strand, max. 4 / 16 mm2

Mounting mounting brackets with keyhole attachment

Protection rating comp. DIN 0470 / EN 60529 IP 20

Safety class comp. IEC 536 / VDE 0106 part 1 I

Insulation class E

Dimensions in mm approx. ( a x b x c ) 250 x 202 x 200 300 x 220 x 222 330 x 250 x 237

Mounting template in mm approx. ( d x e ) 228 x 161 278 x 179 308 x 209

Article no. 24-400-SNT-01-G 24-400-SNT-02-G 24-400-SNT-03-G 24-400-SNT-04-G 24-400-SNT-05-G



Options

Remote control 0 - 10V for U / I

Remote control 4mA - 20mA for U / I

Switch-off input to take unit out of service connect terminal with 0V

Zero potential contact for centralized alarm for trouble (overtemperature, undervoltage and overload)


D 1/9

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 9

Pow

er packs

Features:

Primary switched three-phase switch power packsRPL 2420 D and 2440 D comp. VDE 0570 part 2-17, EN 61558-2-17, EN 60950 class 1


regulated

application as D.C./D.C.-converter possible

- application as power pack, battery charger or D.C./D.C.-converter- output voltage 24 VDC, adjustable over a wide range- connection in parallel or series- high efficiency- input 3 x 400 VAC- PFC comp. to EN 61000-3-2- compact and robust construction in metal housing- easy installation on DIN mounting rail, alternatively screw fastening- safety class I- noise transmission EN 50081-1, EN 55011 class B (industry),

EN 55022 class B (Telecom)- noise immunity EN 50082-2: ESD, electromagnetic irradiation, burst, conducted

interference immunity, mains voltage dips- overcurrent limiter and short-circuit proofing- overtemperature protection- inrush current limiter, enabling the use of conventional thermo-magnetic circuit

breakers with B- characteristic- overvoltage limiter- electronic overvoltage limiter- status display: LED- ambient temperature 0°C...+ 55°C without power reduction- optional -25°C... +55°C

Model Output voltage Output current Article no.rated voltage (VDC) setting range (VDC) ADC

RPL 2420 D 24 23...29 20,0 0505-0002420DRPL 2440 D 24 23...28 40,0 0505-0002440D

Power packs:

Developments in process:

- units with higher performance up to app. 1500 W with three-phase supply- units with multiple output voltages

RPL 2420 D


RPL 2440 D

D 1/10

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 10

Pow

er p

acks

Primary switched three-phase switch power packsRPL 2420 D and 2440 D comp. VDE 0570 part 2-17, EN 61558-2-17, EN 60950 class 1




Model RPL 2420 D RPL 2440 D

INPUTRated input voltage, U1 rated AC 3 x 400V AC 3 x 400V

Voltage range, U1min - U1max AC 340-460V or DC 450V-740V AC 340-460V or DC 450V-740V



Rated current typical, I1 rated 1,1A at 400VAC 1,9A at 400VAC

Maximum transient pulse Ta=25°C < 26A at 400VAC < 18A at 400VAC


Internal fuse - -



Bypass power-line failure > 20ms at 400VAC > 20ms at 400VAC


OUTPUTRated voltage U2 rated D.C 24V 24V

Voltage range U2 min - U2 max D.C. adjustable 23-29V adjustable 23-28V

Rated current I2 (at U2 rated) 20.0A 40.0A


Overcurrent limit typical 20.5A 40.5A

Short circuit current typical < 22A < 45A



Mains stabilization U1min - U1max < 0,05 % < 0,05 %

Load stabilization load alteration < 0,25% < 0,25%10% <-> 90%


Temp. stability < 0,02% / K < 0,02% / K



Noise output zero potential change-over contact optional optional

Temperature compensation (battery charger) optional optional



Noise transmission EN 550081-1, EN 55011 class B, EN 550081-1, EN 55011 class B,









CE mark yes yes

OPERATING DETAILSEfficiency typical > 92% at 400VAC and 100%-load > 94% at 400VAC and 100%-load




Ambient temperature 0 up to +55°C 0 up to +55°C




4-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (L1/L2/L3/PE) 4-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (L1/L2/L3/PE)for D.C./D.C.-converter: + on L1, - on L2 for D.C./D.C.-converter: + on L1, - on L2

Connection output voltage connector RM7,62mm to screw print terminal RM10, 16mm to screw4-pole 0,75-4,0mm2 (+ + - -) 4-pole 0,75-10,0mm2 (+ + - -)

Connection noise output and optional optionaltemperature compensation



Installation orientation front plate horizontal, connections below front plate horizontal, connections below

Approx. dimensions in mm (W x H x D) 245 x 138 x 100 mm ca. 285 x 174 x 110 (mm)

Approx. total weight 2,2kg ca. 3,3kg


D 1/11

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 11

D 1/12

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 12

Bat

tery

cha

rger

s

The IU charging method combined with our patented switching concept is particularly efficient for lead acid batteriesbecause it is best adapted to their charging characteristic.

The service life of maintenance-free lead acid batteries increases considerably by this gentle charging method. TwoLEDs indicate operation modes. Buffer-battery operation is fully guaranteed.

Battery chargers series RLSN are enclosed in a plastic coated steel housing providing comprehensive protectionagainst accidental contact. The battery chargers in modern industrial design fulfill safety requirements for protectionagainst electric shock comp. to VDE 0106 part 101.

Three-phase IU battery chargersRLSN 1220 – 2460 comp. VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6


Technical data for model RLSN 1220 RLSN 2420 RLSN 1240 RLSN 2440 RLSN 1260 RLSN 2460

Input

Mains input voltage AC 3x 400V

Mains input voltage range + 15 % to - 15 %


Input fuses external (thermal/magnetic overload release)

Input current 1,3 A 1,3 A 2,6 A 2,6 A 3,7 A 3,7 A

Output

Battery rated voltage DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC 24 V

Max. charge current DC 20A DC 20A DC 40A DC 40A DC 60A DC 60A

Battery type all types of lead acid batteries

Status display yellow constant current mode LEDs green constant voltage mode

Residual ripple of charge current < 0,5%

Charging characteristic IU

Overload protection internal electronic current limiter


Overtemperature protection automatic cut-off with reset at overtemperature

RFI suppression better than VDE 0871, limit curve B / EN 55 011

Temperature range -10° C to + 40° C

Efficiency >90%

General data

Transformer test voltage between input and output comp. to regulation (safety transformers)


CE mark yes

Installation orientation cooling fins vertical

Cooling convection Zwangskühlung

Type of connection terminal blocks (protected against finger touch comp. UVV (VBG 4)

Connection data fine strand fine strand fine strandprimary max. 4 mm2 primary max. 4 mm2 primary max. 4 mm2

secondary max. 10 mm2 secondary max. 10 mm2 secondary max. 16 mm2

Mounting integrated mounting brackets with keyhole attachment

Protection rating (VDE 0470 / EN 60529) IP 20

Safety class I

Insulation class E

Dimensions in mm approx. (Length/Width/Height) 250 / 202 / 200 300 / 220 / 222 330 / 250 / 237Mounting template in mm approx. 228 / 161 278 / 179 308 / 209

Article no. 0234-400-012-01 0233-400-024-01 0234-400-012-02 0233-400-024-02 0234-400-012-03 0233-400-024-03

Copper-weight in kg 3,4 5,8 8,5Weight in kg 13,0 22,5 26,5

RLSN 2420 RLSN 2440 RLSN 2460


D 1/13

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 13

Battery chargers

Features:

Primary switched three-phase battery chargersRPL 2420 DL and 2440 DL comp. VDE 0570 part 2-17, EN 61558-2-17, EN 60950 class 1


regulated

application as D.C./D.C.-converter possible

- application as power pack, battery charger or D.C./D.C.-converter- output voltage 24 VDC, adjustable over a wide range- connection in parallel or series- high efficiency- input 3 x 400 VAC- PFC comp. to EN 61000-3-2- compact and robust construction in metal housing- easy installation on DIN mounting rail, alternatively screw fastening- safety class I- noise transmission EN 50081-1, EN 55011 class B (industry),

EN 55022 class B (Telecom)- interference immunity EN 50082-2: ESD, electromagnetic irradiation, burst, con-

ducted interference immunity, mains voltage dips- overcurrent limiter and short-circuit proofing- overtemperature protection- inrush current limiter, enabling the use of conventional thermo-magnetic circuit

breakers with B- characteristic- overvoltage limiter- electronic overvoltage limiter- status display: LED- ambient temperature 0°C...+ 55°C without power reduction- optional -25°C... +55°C

Developments in process:

- units with higher performance up to app. 1500 W with three-phase supply- units with multiple output voltages

RPL 2420 DL RPL 2440 DL


Model Output voltage Output current Article no.rated voltage (VDC) setting range (VDC) ADC

RPL 2420 DL 27,4 23...29 20,0 0525-002420DLRPL 2440 DL 27,4 23...28 40,0 0525-002440DL

Battery chargers:

D 1/14

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 14

Bat

tery

cha

rger

s

Primary switched three-phase battery chargersRPL 2420 DL and 2440 DL comp. VDE 0570 part 2-17, EN 61558-2-17, EN 60950 class 1




Model RPL 2420 DL RPL 2440 DL

INPUTRated input voltage, U1 rated AC 3 x 400V AC 3 x 400V

Voltage range, U1min-U1max AC 340-460V or DC 450V-740V AC 340-460V or DC 450V-740V



Rated current typical, I1 rated 1,1A at 400VAC 1,9A at 400VAC



Internal fuse - -



Bypass power-line failure > 20ms at 400VAC > 20ms at 400VAC


OUTPUTRated voltage U2 rated D.C. 27,4V 27,4V

Voltage range U2min - U2max D.C. adjustable 23-29 V adjustable 23-28 V

Rated current I2 (at U2 rated) 18.0A 38.0A


Overcurrent limit typical 18.0A 38.5A

Short circuit current typical < 22A < 45A



Mains stabilization U1min - U1max < 0,05 % < 0,05 %

Load stabilization load alteration < 0,25% < 0,25%10% <-> 90%


Temp. stability < 0,02% / K < 0,02% / K



Noise output zero potential change-over contact optional optional

Temperature compensation (battery charger) optional optional


DIRECTIVES Mains harmonics limit EN 61000-3-2 yes yes

Noise transmission EN 550081-1, EN 55011 class B, EN 550081-1, EN 55011 class B,









CE mark yes yes

OPERATING DETAILSEfficiency typical > 92% at 400VAC and 100%-load > 94% at 400VAC and 100%-load




Ambient temperature 0 bis +55°C 0 bis +55°C




4-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (L1/L2/L3/PE) 4-pole 0,75-2,5mm2 (L1/L2/L3/PE)for D.C./D.C.-converter: + on L1, - on L2 for D.C./D.C.-converter: + on L1, - on L2

Connection output voltage connector RM7,62mm to screw print terminal RM10, 16mm to screw4-pole 0,75-4,0mm2 (+ + - -) 4-pole 0,75-10,0mm2 (+ + - -)

Connection noise output and optional optionaltemperature compensation



Installation orientation front plate horizontal, connections below front plate horizontal, connections below

Approx. dimensions in mm (WxHxD) 245 x 138 x 100 mm ca. 285 x 174 x 110 (mm)

Approx. total weight 2,2kg ca. 3,3kg


D 1/15

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 15

D 1/16

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 16

UP

S

Technical data RSNT 20GU RSNT 40GU RSNT 60GU

Input

Mains input voltage 3 x AC 400 V



Input current 1,3 A 2,6 A 3,7 A

Input fuses external (thermal-magnetic overload release)

Output

Output voltage DC 24 V stabilized, twin terminals, externally adjustable 0... DC24 V

Status display LED green / yellow (U / I)

Zero potential contact centralized alarm for trouble (overtemperature, undervoltge and overload)

Switch off input to take unit out of service connect terminal with 0V

Indication UPS-mode break contact to 0V

Output current adjustable 0...20 A 0...40 A 0...60 A

Residual ripple < 30 mV RMS

Short-circuit proofing constant current operation

Load stabilization dynamic < 100 mVss / 500µs



Overtemperature protection thermal switch-off when overtemperature > 85°C

RFI suppression VDE 0875 / EN 55011


General data

Test voltage transformer between input and output complying to regulation (safety transformer)


CE mark yes



Type of connection screw-type terminal, finger-safe comp. UVV (VBG4)

Connection data fine strand max. 4 / 10 mm2 fine strand max. 4 / 16 mm2

Mounting mounting brackets with keyhole attachment


Safety class comp. IEC 536, VDE 0106 T1 I

Insulation class E

Dimensions in mm approx. ( a x b x c ) 250 x 202 x 200 300 x 220 x 222 330 x 250 x 237

Mounting template in mm approx ( d x e ) 228 x 161 278 x 179 308 x 209

Article no. 0255-000020GU 0255-000040GU 0255-000060GU

Copper weight in kg 3,4 5,8 8,5

Total weight in kg 13,0 22,5 26,5

Options

Remote control 0 - 10V for U / I

Remote control 4mA - 20mA for U / I

Three-phase - UPS - modulesRSNT 20GU - RSNT 60GUcomp. VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6



D 1/17

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 17

Product description

Standard switch power packs of series RSNT...G equipped with option U (UPS added) can be operated as control unitswith mains identification. Combined with a lead acid or nickel-cadmium-battery of fitting size and capacity, the powerpack RSNT...GU can bridge the output voltage over a defined time period during mains voltage dips or breakdowns.The possible time period depends solely on the battery's capacity. An undervoltage interruption is integrated for bat-tery protection.

We recommend Riedel-chargers series RLG or RLEC for battery recharging.

For control of the RSNT...GU a terminal connection (OFF) is attached allowing power pack's switch off (connect termi-nal to 0V). At mains breakdown an alarm contact (UPS) opens, i.e. information for processing can be taken from its ter-minal. The contact is connected with 0V in closed condition (UPS-ready = open, UPS-run = 0V).

Without battery the unit can be applied as a normal power pack.

Functions: – full-automatic operation

– voltage adjustable 0-24VDC stabilized– current adjustable 0-20/40/60ADC stabilized– overtemperature protection

– switch off input (for shutdown RSNT...GU:connect terminal "OFF" with 0V)

– switch off at under- and overvoltage

– indication constant current or constant voltage operation via LED(LED green = CV, LED yellow = CC)

– indication UPS-operation via contact against ground (UPS-contact open)

– zero potential centralized alarm (trouble - contact is open)activated when- unit's operation temperature exceeds range- undervoltage battery- switch off input activated- overload resp. short circuit

Block diagram:

27,6 DC

Three-phase - UPS - modulesPower packs with UPS control functionRSNT 20GU to RSNT 60GU comp. to VDE 0570 part 2-6, EN 61558-2-6



UP

S

D 1/18

Batterycharger

RLGor

RLEC

Lead-acid battery 24V

F (trouble)

OFF

UPS operation

24VDCPowerconsumer

RSNT..GU

D_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:33 Seite 18

Lufthansa has every right to be proud of its safe fleet. Extensivemaintenance carried out by highly qualified specialists using sophis-ticated equipment establishes this pride and the worldwide confi-dence in Lufthansa. Uncompromising quality and a strong endeavorfor absolute safety is our motto also. A good reason for the aircraftindustry to choose Riedel products.

EProduct groupCopyright: Lufthansa/Riedel

E 1/2

Single-phase variable ratio ring transformers comp. VDE 0552/69

Short-term delivery

In general

Our variable ratio ring transformers are manufacturedcomp. to VDE/EN/IEC-regulations. They are self coolingvia natural convection and designed for continuousoperation. Up to 2A rated current insulation class E ap-plies, above that class B.

Connection and fusing

Mains voltage should not permanently exceed statedrated input voltage (see rating plate) by more than 6%because the higher turn to turn voltage causes excessi-ve warm-up of current collector's pad. Variable ratioring transformers are designed for 50 - 60 Hz and maybe operated up to 400 Hz. We recommend safety fu-ses or overcurrent switches on output side for overloador short circuit protection.

Protectors on input side must be rated so that inrushcurrent cannot trigger them. This inrush current - cau-sed by the high quality core material (permeability) -chiefly occurs with transformers in no-load conditionwhen switch-on takes place in voltage-zero passage.At small network impedance an inrush current of up to20 x (IN) can occur in concerned half-wave (10 ms at 50Hz). Even though this inrush current drops back to nor-mal no-load current of transformer within a few periods,it will already trigger quick fuses.

Therefore select slow-acting safety fuses or automaticcircuit breakers (for apparatus protection).

Installation and cooling

Operation with rated power is possible up to ambienttemperature 40°C maximal and an altitude up to 1000m above sea level.

In case of housing installment the internal temperaturecaused by self-heating of variable ratio ring transformerand/or other heat-radiating parts must not exceed40°C. If internal temperature exceeds 40°C either pro-vide separate cooling via fan or reduce rated current by20 % each every 10 K temperature increase.

Maintenance

Maintenance is limited to soil removal on contact deckand testing whether current collectors run smoothly ornot.In intervals of approx. 6 months - depending on opera-tion conditions shorter or longer - variable ratio ringtransformers require following maintenance:Remove dust on contact deck with a brush or blow itoff.Contact deck may be wiped off with a spirit soakedcloth. Black, blank traces on contact deck caused bycontact roll are of no concern though. Any oxide layerdeveloped through overlaod or aggressive atmosphe-re must be removed with abrasive paper and also thearisen abrasive dust must be removed. Carbon rollsmust not be non-circular and have to run smoothlywhen adjusting current collector. Stuck, non-circular ordamaged carbon rolls must be exchanged.

Do not lubricate carbon roll suspensions!

Permissible overload during short-time duty in % of rated current

Repeat overload is permitted only after transformer windings have fully cooled down.

Seconds Minutes

% a

bo

ve r

ated

cur

rent

Economy winding, size 64 - 96

Economy winding, size 114 upwards

Isolate winding

E_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:35 Seite 2

E 1/3

Single-phase variable ratio ring transformers comp. VDE 0552/69

in economy circuit


RRSP 73 - 2912Design: Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, economy circuit, connection to screw termi-nals. General 3-spot-front attachment, size 65 - 95 central attachment

IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23, up to 2 A insulation class E, above that class B, max. ambienttemperature ta 40°C.

Design with isolate windings available on request

Model Current230V

0-230V -1%Current

230V0-260V +5% -1%

Current230V

0-300V +5% -1%Current

400V0-400V -1%

A Article-no. A Article-no. A Article-no. A Article-no.

RRSP 65 1 ,00 26–230–230–01 0,50 26–230–260–01 – – – –

RRSP 75 1 ,25 26–230–230–02 0,80 26–230–260–02 – – – –

RRSP 85 2,00 26–230–230–03 1 ,00 26–230–260–03 – – – –

RRSP 94 2,50 26–230–230–04 1 ,60 26–230–260–04 1,00 26–230–300–04 0,80 26–400–400–04

RRSP 95 3,20 26–230–230–05 2,00 26–230–260–05 1,25 26–230–300–05 1,00 26–400–400–05

RRSP 114 4,00 26–230–230–06 2,00 26–230–260–06 1,60 26–230–300–06 1,60 26–400–400–06

RRSP 115 5,00 26–230–230–07 4,00 26–230–260–07 2,00 26–230–300–07 2,00 26–400–400–07

RRSP 116 6,30 26–230–230–08 5,00 26–230–260–08 2,50 26–230–300–08 2,50 26–400–400–08

RRSP 136 8,00 26–230–230–09 6,30 26–230–260–09 5,00 26–230–300–09 4,00 26–400–400–09

RRSP 137 10,00 26–230–230–10 8,00 26–230–260–10 – – 5,00 26–400–400–10

RRSP 157 12,50 26–230–230–11 10,00 26–230–260–1 1 6,30 26–230–300–1 1 6,30 26–400–400–1 1

RRSP 178 16,00 26–230–230–12 12,50 26–230–260–12 8,00 26–230–300–12 8,00 26–400–400–12

RRSP 217 20,00 26–230–230–13 – – – – 10,00 26–400–400–13

RRSP 257 25,00 26–230–230–14 – – 12,50 26–230–300–14 12,50 26–400–400–14

RRSP 2570 32,00 26–230–230–15 – – – – – –

RRSP 2970 40,00 26–230–230–16 – – – – – –

RRSP 2512 50,00 26–230–230–17 40,00 26–230–260–17 – – 25,00 26–400–400–17

RRSP 2912 63,00 26–230–230–18 50,00 26–230–260–18 32,00 26–230–300–18 40,00 26–400–400–18

RRSP 3515 80,00 26–230–230–19 80,00 26–230–260–19 63,00 26–230–300–19 50,00 26–400–400–19

Model Copper weight Total weight Approx. dimensions in mm

app. kg app. kg D H B F d.

RRSP 65 0,040 1 ,20 74 75 26 M 4 6

RRSP 75 0,070 1 ,50 86 75 26 M 4 6

RRSP 85 0,120 2,00 96 76 26 M 4 6

RRSP 94 0,160 2,20 106 68 26 M 4 6

RRSP 95 0,250 2,60 106 78 26 M 4 6

RRSP 114 0,300 3,30 131 90 80 M 6 6

RRSP 115 0,370 4,00 131 105 80 M 6 6

RRSP 116 0,450 4,70 131 115 80 M 6 6

RRSP 136 0,900 6,20 148 120 110 M 8 10

RRSP 137 1,000 7,30 148 130 110 M 8 10

RRSP 157 1,200 9,30 170 130 110 M 8 10

RRSP 178 1,600 13,00 190 150 110 M 8 10

RRSP 217 2,150 16,00 230 155 150 M 8 10

RRSP 257 3,150 19,00 270 155 150 M 8 10

RRSP 2570 3,250 20,00 270 210 150 M 8 10

RRSP 2970 4,500 26,00 315 225 150 M 8 10

RRSP 2512 6,000 39,00 270 270 150 M 8 10

RRSP 2912 8,000 46,00 315 280 150 M 8 10

RRSP 3515 10,000 78,00 385 350 150 M 10 10

E_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:35 Seite 3

E 1/4


Motor drives for single-phase variable ratio ring transformers

RSM 1 - RSM 14Design: Single-phase synchronous motor 230 V, 50 Hz, unipolar reversible, incl. one limit switch each in both final posi-tions and indexing disks with fine tuning.

Motor drives are available in different regulating times (6/12/30/60 sec.). Please state in order. Other regulating timesand servo drives with d.c. motors on request.

Drawing RSM 1-14:

* set regulating time as ordered

Motor driveModel for size Weight without

transformer Approx. dimensions in mm

Article-no. RRSP kg A B C D E F G

RSM 1 65-75 0,8 235 180 270 90 150 250 -

RSM 2 85 0,8 245 180 270 90 150 250 -

RSM 3 94-95 0,9 275 180 270 90 150 250 -

RSM 4 114-116 1,0 280 180 270 90 150 250 -

RSM 5 136-137 1,4 280 180 270 170 150 250 -

RSM 6 157 1,8 300 180 270 150 150 250 -

RSM 7 178 2,0 300 190 270 150 150 250 -

RSM 8 217 3,2 310 230 350 150 170 330 -

RSM 9 257 3,4 320 275 350 150 170 330 -

RSM 10 2570 12,0 465 375 500 225 250 475 60

RSM 11 2970 12,0 465 405 500 225 250 475 60

RSM 12 2512 15,0 535 375 500 225 250 475 60

RSM 13 2912 15,6 535 405 500 225 250 475 60

RSM 14 3515 16,5 580 465 555 370 300 525 60

E_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:35 Seite 4

E 1/5


RDRSP 73 - 3515 (vertical design)Design: Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, economizing circuit, connection to screw termi-nals.

IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23, up to 2 A insulation class E, above that class B, max. ambienttemperature ta 40°C. Flat design available on request

Three-phase variable ratio ring transformers comp. VDE 0552/69

in star-economy circuit

Model Current 3 x 400 V3 x 0–400 V–1 % Current

3 x 400 V3 x 0–450 V

+5 %–1 %Current

3 x 400 V3 x 0–520 V

+5 %–1 %

3 x A Article-no. 3 x A Article-no. 3 x A Article-no.

RDRSP 73 0,80 27–400–400–01 – – – –

RDRSP 74 1,00 27–400–400–02 – – – –

RDRSP 84 1,60 27–400–400–03 – – – –

RDRSP 94 2,50 27–400–400–04 – – 1,00 27–400–520–06

RDRSP 95 3,20 27–400–400–05 – – – –

RDRSP 1 1 4 3,20 27–400–400–06 – – – –

RDRSP 1 1 5 5,00 27–400–400–07 4,00 27–400–450–09 – –

RDRSP 1 1 6 6,30 27–400–400–08 5,00 27–400–450–10 – –

RDRSP 136 8,00 27–400–400–09 – – – –

RDRSP 137 10,00 27–400–400–10 – – – –

RDRSP 157 12,50 27–400–400–11 10,00 27–400–450–13 – –

RDRSP 178 16,00 27–400–400–12 12,50 27–400–450–14 8,00 27–400–520–14

RDRSP 217 20,00 27–400–400–13 – – – –

RDRSP 257 25,00 27–400–400–14 – – 12,50 27–400–520–16

RDRSP 2570 32,00 27–400–400–15 – – – –

RDRSP 2970 40,00 27–400–400–16 – – – –

RDRSP 2512 50,00 27–400–400–17 – – – –

RDRSP 2912 63,00 27–400–400–18 50,00 27–400–450–17 32,00 27–400–520–17

RDRSP 3515 80,00 27–400–400–19 – – – –

Design “A” Design “B”

Model Copper weight Total weight Approx. dimensions in mm

ca. kg ca. kg Design G H D/J M d

RDRSP 73 0,110 5,5 B 155 300 140 M 10 6

RDRSP 74 0,120 5,8 B 155 300 140 M 10 6

RDRSP 84 0,270 6,7 B 155 300 140 M 10 6

RDRSP 94 0,480 7,9 B 155 300 140 M 10 6

RDRSP 95 0,750 9,5 B 155 320 140 M 10 6

RDRSP 1 1 4 0,900 1 1 ,5 B 175 330 160 M 10 6

RDRSP 1 1 5 1 , 110 14,0 B 175 360 160 M 10 6

RDRSP 1 1 6 1,350 16,5 B 175 390 160 M 10 6

RDRSP 136 2,700 24,0 B 240 435 220 M 12 10

RDRSP 137 3,000 27,0 B 240 485 220 M 12 10

RDRSP 157 3,600 30,0 B 240 485 220 M 12 10

RDRSP 178 4,800 44,0 B 260 535 240 M 16 10

RDRSP 217 6,500 55,0 B 320 590 300 M 16 10

RDRSP 257 9,500 66,0 B 360 590 340 M 16 10RDRSP 2570 9,800 70,0 B 440 670 420 M 16 10

RDRSP 2970 13,500 88,0 B 460 750 440 M 16 10RDRSP 2512 18,000 135,0 A 380 970 297 M 20 10

RDRSP 2912 24,000 160,0 A 420 970 318 M 20 10

RDRSP 3515 30,000 250,0 A 475 1130 360 M 20 10

E_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:35 Seite 5

Rotating knobs

Scales Material: aluminum, black anodized

Model Approx. dimensions in mmArticle no. A B C D d

REK 30–40–6 38 28 12 41 6

REK 30–60–6 48 34 28 58 6

REK 30–60–10 48 34 28 58 10

REK 30–90–6 76 40 28 90 6

REK 30–90–10 76 40 28 90 10

Model DiameterLabelling

Article no. mm

RES 31 – 60 – 100 60 0 – 100 %

RES 31 – 60 – 230 60 0 – 230 V

RES 31 – 90 – 100 92 0 – 100 %

RES 31 – 90 – 230 92 0 – 230 V

RES 31 –130 – 100 132 0 – 100 %

RES 31 –130 – 230 132 0 – 230 V

E 1/6

RSMD 1 - RSMD 19Design: Single-phase synchronous motor 230V, 50 Hz, unipolar reversible, incl. one limit switch each in both final posi-tions and indexing disks with fine tuning.

Motor drives are available in different regulating times (6/12/30/60 sec.). Please state in order. Other regulating timesand servo drives with d.c. motors on request.

Motor drives for three-phase variable ratio ring transformersAccessories and spare parts for variable ratio ring transformers (on request)


Drawing: * set regulating time as ordered

Motor drive for transformerWeight without

transformerApprox. dimensions in mm

Article no. RDRSP kg G H D L M

RSMD 1 73 1,2 155 300 140 150 10

RSMD 2 74 1,2 155 300 140 150 10

RSMD 3 84 1,2 155 300 140 150 10

RSMD 4 94 1,2 155 300 140 150 10

RSMD 5 95 1,2 155 320 140 150 10

RSMD 6 114 1,2 175 330 160 150 10

RSMD 7 115 1,2 175 360 160 150 10

RSMD 8 116 1,2 175 390 160 150 10

RSMD 9 136 1,5 240 435 220 150 12

RSMD 10 137 1,5 240 470 220 150 12

RSMD 11 157 2,0 240 470 220 150 12

RSMD 12 178 2,0 260 535 240 150 16

RSMD 13 217 2,0 320 540 300 150 16

RSMD 14 257 2,0 360 590 340 150 16

RSMD 15 2570 2,0 440 695 420 210 16

RSMD 16 2970 2,0 460 750 440 210 16

RSMD 17 2512 2,0 380 970 297 200 20

RSMD 18 2912 2,0 420 970 318 200 20

RSMD 19 3515 4,0 475 1130 360 200 20

Connection terminals

E_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:35 Seite 6

E 1/7

RSKH power range 1kVA and upRiedel voltage stabilizers RSKH serve as series supply units in mains with fluctuating voltages. The voltage stabilizer'sexit generates constant voltage to the consumer independent from fluctuating mains.

Design: Riedel voltage stabilizers consist of a variable-ratio transformer with motor drive, a booster transformer and anelectronic controller. As soon as the controller detects any voltage deviation from set value at stabilizer's exit it activatesthe variable-ratio transformer's motor and primary winding of booster transformer induces. This procedure causes thesecondary winding to add or subtract voltage from the mains and endures until secondary voltage reaches set valueagain.

The controller functions as a proportional regulating amplifier featuring PI-performance and is located on a plug-in card,which also contains the current supply part and actual value processing. Set-point adjustment for adaptation to dyna-mic behavior of controlled process ensues via trimming resistor. The variable-ratio transformer's motor is controlledcontactless and control speed depends on mains voltage, i.e. high control rate at high deviation, small control rate atminor deviation. The result is high-accuracy performance without control oscillations.

Technical data: Nominal input voltages: all typical mains up to 1 kVMains fluctuations: for example ±10%, ±15%, ±20%...Mains frequency: 50/60 Hz or 400 HzOutput accuracy: ±1%Type of load: ohmic, inductive or capacitiveEfficiency: 98 - 99% depending on controller typeOn-period: S1 operation (100%)Protective system: IP 00

Chief applications: Machine controls EDV equipmentTest rooms and laboratories Medical electronicsMonitoring systems Telecommunication facilitiesProcess control Remote controlAir-traffic control Furnace heating

Available options: Protective system up to IP 65 max., tropic-proof, analog or digital meters, main switch andfusing, galvanic isolation, maintenance service...

Basic circuit diagram: Three-phase mains with Three-phase mains with master control

individual phase control

Single-phase mains

Manufacture according to customer specification

Voltage stabilizers comp. VDE 0552/69

Single-phase and three-phase


M

M

M

1L2

1L3

1L1

N

Regler

Regler

Regler

2L2

2L3

2L1

N

M

1L2

1L3

1L1

N

Regler

2L2

2L3

2L1

N

M

1L1

N

Regler

2L1

N

Control

Control

Control Control

Control

E_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:35 Seite 7

E_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:35 Seite 8

FProduct groupCopyright: Energieversorgung Schwaben AG/Riedel

Environmental aspects cause utility companies to place the sun inthe zenith of their research. Solar energy costs decline making thissource a major contribution to CO2-free energy. However, pre-requisite is highest efficiency – a good reason to choose Riedelproducts.

F 1/2

Choke coils

Choke coils stand for inductors and in consequence re-active impedance. The energy created by the magneticfield of a current-carrying coil increases considerablywith high-permeability iron cores.

Riedel – choke coils are designed as iron core chokeswith magnet gap.

Apart from a great variety of custom made productsdesigned for specific applications we also offer a stan-dard program comprising:

Single-phase line chokesSeries RENDrRated voltage AC 230 V, voltage drop 4 %

Single-phase double line chokesSeries RDNDrRated voltage AC 400 V, voltage drop 2 x 2 %

Three-phase filter circuit chokesSeries RFDr 7Rated voltage 3AC 400 V, filter choke factor 7 %

Three-phase line chokesSeries RNDrRated voltage 3AC 400 V, voltage drop 4 %

Three-phase filter circuit chokes can be found in reacti-ve current compensation systems. Together with thesystem's capacitors they form a series resonant circuitthereby effecting in defined mains conditions. Chokingthe reactive current compensating system prevents re-sonance with occurring mains harmonics. Inductivitiesof filter circuit chokes are selected with the imperativethat resonant frequency of series resonant circuit for-med by capacitor and filter circuit choke lies below lo-west frequency of occurring harmonics.

Increasing operation of converters and inverters causemains harmonics. Operation of 6-pulse bridge circuitscharge the mains with currents in ordinal numbers of

n = 6 x k +/-1 for k = 1, 2, 3,...

Current amplitudes decrease with increasing ordinalnumber.

I(n) ~ 1 x l(1)n

Choke factor p is the proportion of filter circuit choke re-actance and capacitor reactance

p = XL

XC

Resonant frequency for series resonant circuit calculates

fR = fmains

P

When selecting a resonant frequency and thereby thechoke factor, consider the circular pilot frequency in therespective net and coordinate its compatibility with therespective utility company.

Dimensioning three-phase filter circuit chokes bases onfollowing premises:

Essential load:

I1 = -1,06 x Irated whereby Irated = Ncompensation

3x Urated

and N compensation is the effective compensating power ofchoked capacitor configuration.

Harmonic factor of mains voltage

U3 = 0,5 % Urated U 7 = 5 % Urated

U5 = 5 % Urated U11 = 5 % Urated

Thermal current

Itherm = 1,05 x I12 + I3

2 + I52 + I7

2 + I112

Linearity

Ilin = 1,2 x (I1 + I3 + I5 + I7 + I11)

whereby inductivity amounts to at least 95 % of its ratedvalue.

Line chokes(Commutation chokes)

Line chokes are necessary for current limiting and sup-pression of line reactions respectively commutationnotches.

Current IG is limited by the line choke and calculateswith formula

IG = IN x 100 %Uk

When connecting current converters to a.c. mains it al-ways necessitates mains inductivities in order to limitcommutation notches of line voltage. If the current con-verter is supplied via a converter transformer then thetransformer's control inductivity will take over the limita-tion. According to requirements DIN VDE 0160, part 2,applying a current limiting power line choke is imperati-ve at direct connection with or supply via an auto-trans-former.

Three-phase filter circuit chokes

�

F_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:36 Seite 2

Single-phase line chokesRENDr 1 – 32 comp. DIN VDE 0570 part 2-20

Design:

Technical data:

Line chokes are necessary for current limitation, suppression of line reactionsrespectively commutation notches.

Current limitation preferably ensues on the 25-fold value of rated current. Tothis end line chokes with 4% short circuit voltage must be used.

Line chokes are to be selected according to rated current of consumer.

Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, sturdy moun-ting brackets. Connection to non-tracking transformer terminals with screw-and tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm up to 5 A and 6.3 x 0.8 mm up to 20A. Accor-ding to DIN 46249 tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm can only be loaded up to 5 Aand 6.3 x 0.8 up to 20 A. Above 20A terminal blocks with screw connectionsare used. The terminals are protected against finger touch or contact with theback of the hand in compliance to accident prevention regulations (VBG 4).

Ground connection via tab blade connection 6.3 x 0.8 mm. Accessory groundscrew connection terminal available.

IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23, insulation class E,max. ambient temperature ta 40°C

Rated voltage: AC 230 VRated voltage drop (Uk): 4% (4,8% at 60 Hz)Rated frequency: 50 Hz (60 Hz)

Line chokes with deviating technical data available on request.

F 1/3

Model Current Inductivity Article-no.Total

weightCopperweight


A mH kg kg a b c d e f Attachm.

RENDr 1 1,0 29,300 60–230–01 0,30 0,05 48 44 66 38 34 36 M3

RENDr 2 2,0 14,600 60–230–02 0,35 0,06 55 46 73 44 36 37 M3

RENDr 3 3,0 9,760 60–230–03 0,38 0,07 55 46 73 44 36 37 M3

RENDr 4 4,0 7,320 60–230–04 0,45 0,08 60 48 62 44 38 40 M3

RENDr 5 5,0 5,860 60–230–05 0,65 0,08 60 58 62 44 48 45 M3

RENDr 6 6,0 4,880 60–230–06 0,65 0,12 66 55 67 50 42 42 M4

RENDr 8 8,0 3,660 60–230–07 0,90 0,12 66 67 67 50 54 48 M4

RENDr 10 10,0 2,930 60–230–08 1 , 10 0,24 78 60 76 56 47 45 M4

RENDr 12,5 12,5 2,340 60–230–09 1,40 0,25 78 69 76 56 56 50 M4

RENDr 16 16,0 1,830 60–230–10 1,90 0,25 85 76 79 64 63 53 M4

RENDr 20 20,0 1,460 60–230–11 2,00 0,35 85 76 79 64 63 53 M4

RENDr 25 25,0 1,170 60–230–12 2,30 0,45 96 78 92 84 62 50 M5

RENDr 32 32,0 0,915 60–230–13 2,90 0,50 96 88 92 84 72 55 M5

Subject to technical modificationsdelivery: on short notice

F_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:36 Seite 3

Design:

Technical data:

Double line chokes are necessary for current limitation, suppression of linereactions respectively commutation notches. Thereby, through inductivitypartition onto both supply lines, symmetric connection of consumer ensues.On each winding part about half the voltage drop develops. Series and paral-lel connection of winding offer further applications up to double rated currentand half a voltage drop.Current limitation preferably ensues on the 25-fold value of rated current. Tothis end line chokes with 4% (2 x 2 %) short circuit voltage must be used.Double line chokes are to be selected according to rated current of consu-mer.

Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, sturdy moun-ting brackets. Connection to non-tracking transformer terminals with screw-and tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm up to 5 A and 6.3 x 0.8 mm up to 20A.According to DIN 46249 tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm can only be loaded upto 5 A and 6.3 x 0.8 up to 20 A. Above 20A terminal blocks with screw con-nections or cable lugs are used. The terminals are protected against fingertouch or contact with the back of the hand complying to accident preventionregulations (VBG 4).Winding consists of 2 equivalent winding parts that are insulated against eachother.Ground connection via tab blade connection 6.3 x 0.8 mm. Accessory groundscrew connection terminal available.


Rated voltage: AC 400 VRated voltage drop (Uk): 2 x 2 % (2 x 2,4 % at 60 Hz)(series connection of winding parts: 4 %)(parallel connection of winding parts: 1 %)Rated frequency: 50 Hz (60 Hz)

Double line chokes with deviating technical data available on request.

Single-phase twin-line chokes

F 1/4

RDNDr 2 – 32 comp. DIN VDE 0570 part 2-20


weightCopperweight



RDNDr 2 2,0 2 x 12,700 61–400–01 0,45 0,07 60 48 62 44 38 40 M3

RDNDr 3 3,0 2 x 8,490 61–400–02 0,65 0,08 60 58 62 44 48 45 M3

RDNDr 4 4,0 2 x 6,370 61–400–03 0,85 0,08 66 67 67 50 54 48 M4

RDNDr 5 5,0 2 x 5,090 61–400–04 0,90 0,12 66 67 67 50 54 48 M4

RDNDr 6 6,0 2 x 4,240 61–400–05 1 , 10 0,24 78 60 76 56 47 45 M4

RDNDr 8 8,0 2 x 3,180 61–400–06 1,40 0,25 78 69 76 56 56 50 M4

RDNDr 10 10,0 2 x 2,550 61–400–07 1,90 0,25 85 76 79 64 63 53 M4

RDNDr 12,5 12,5 2 x 2,040 61–400–08 2,20 0,35 96 78 92 84 62 50 M5

RDNDr 16 16,0 2 x 1,590 61–400–09 2,80 0,40 96 88 92 84 72 55 M5

RDNDr 20 20,0 2 x 1,270 61–400–10 3,50 0,50 96 102 92 84 86 62 M5

RDNDr 25 25,0 2 x 1,020 61–400–11 3,60 0,70 105 86 110 84 70 52 M5

RDNDr 32 32,0 2 x 0,796 61–400–12 4,50 0,80 105 101 110 84 85 60 M5

delivery: on short noticeSubject to technical modifications

F_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:36 Seite 4

F 1/5

Three-phase filter circuit chokesRFDr 7/2,5 – 7/50 comp. DIN VDE 0570 part 2-20 with matching power

Design:

Technical data:

Three-phase filter circuit chokes are necessary for reactive current compensa-tion systems. Together with the system's capacitors they create a series reso-nant circuit which results in defined mains conditions.

Three-phase filter circuit chokes with matching power interconnected with capa-citors of stated capacity guarantee the designated compensating reactive power.

Three-phase filter circuit chokes lacking matching power are accessed accor-ding to capacitors in use and lead to deviating compensating reactive power.

With frequently selected choking of 7% the series resonant circuit, formed byfilter circuit chokes and power factor capacitors, creates a resonant frequencyof 189 Hz.

Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, sturdy mountingbrackets. Up to 12,5 kVAr connection to non-tracking transformer terminalswith screw- and tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm up to 5 A and 6.3 x 0.8 mm up to20A. According to DIN 46249 tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm can only be loadedup to 5 A and 6.3 x 0.8 up to 20 A. Above 12,5 kVAr up to 25 kVAr universal ter-minal blocks with screw connections, 30 kVAr and above pressed cable lugsare used. The terminals are protected against finger touch or contact with theback of the hand complying to accident prevention regulations (VBG 4). Temperature switch in center coil at hand.IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23, insulation class E,max. ambient temperature ta 40°C.

Rated voltage. 3AC 400 VChoking factor: 7 %Resonant frequency: 189 HzRated frequency: 50 Hz

50 Hz current: 1 ,06 x rated current1 50 Hz current: 0,04 x rated current250 Hz current: 0,31 x rated current350 Hz current: 0,13 x rated current

Filter circuit chokes with deviating technical data available on request.

ModelReactivepower

Inductivity CapacityRated

currentArticle-no.

Totalweight

Copperweight


kVAr mH �F A kg kg a b c d e f Attachm.

RFDr 7/2,5 2,5 15,34 46,3 3,6 62–407–01 2,0 0,8 125 73 1 1 5 100 45 45 M4

RFDr 7/5 5,0 7,67 92,5 7,2 62–407–02 5,0 0,9 155 92 140 130 72 50 M6

RFDr 7/7,5 7,5 5,1 1 138,8 10,8 62–407–04 5,3 1 ,2 155 92 140 130 72 50 M6

RFDr 7/10 10,0 3,84 185,0 14,4 62–407–05 9,0 1 ,8 190 102 165 170 78 65 M6

RFDr 7/12,5 12,5 3,07 231,3 18,0 62–407–06 9,5 2,6 190 102 165 170 78 65 M6

RFDr 7/15 15,0 2,56 277,5 21,7 62–407–07 10,5 3,5 190 102 210 170 78 55 M6

RFDr 7/17,5 17 ,5 2,19 323,8 25,3 62–407–08 15,0 3,5 210 117 230 175 97 60 M6

RFDr 7/20 20,0 1,92 370,0 28,9 62–407–09 16,0 4,5 210 117 230 175 97 60 M6

RFDr 7/25 25,0 1,53 462,5 36,1 62–407–10 19,0 4,8 230 148 240 180 122 80 M6

RFDr 7/30 30,0 1,28 555,1 43,3 62–407–11 20,5 6,5 230 148 205 180 122 120 M6

RFDr 7/40 40,0 0,96 740,1 57,7 62–407–13 28,0 10,0 240 146 215 190 120 130 M8

RFDr 7/50 50,0 0,77 925,1 72,2 62–407–14 33,0 10,5 265 152 235 215 126 140 M8

Subject to technical modificationsdelivery: on short notice

F_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:36 Seite 5

Design:

Technical data:

Line chokes are necessary for current limitation, suppression of line reactionsrespectively commutation notches.

Current limitation preferably ensues on the 25-fold value of rated current. Tothis end line chokes with 4% short circuit voltage must be used.

Line chokes are to be selected according to rated current of consumer.

Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, sturdy moun-ting brackets. Connection to non-tracking transformer terminals with screw-and tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm up to 5 A and 6.3 x 0.8 mm up to 20A. Accor-ding to DIN 46249 tab connection 2.8 x 0.8 mm can only be loaded up to 5 Aand 6.3 x 0.8 up to 20 A. Above 20A terminal blocks with screw connections orcable lugs are used. The terminals are protected against finger touch or con-tact with the back of the hand complying to accident prevention regulations(VBG 4).

Terminal connections above 60 A increase measurements b and c.

IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23, insulation class E,max. ambient temperature ta 40°C

Rated voltage: 3AC 400 VRated voltage drop (Uk): 4 % (4,8 % at 60 Hz)Rated frequency: 50 Hz (60 Hz)

Line chokes with deviating technical data available on request.

Three-phase line chokes

F 1/6

RNDr 2,5 – 200 comp. DIN VDE 0570 part 2-20


weightCopperweight



RNDr 2,5 2,5 11,730 63–400–01 1,0 0,2 96 46 95 90 31 40 M 4

RNDr 4 4,0 7,330 63–400–02 1,3 0,3 96 55 95 80 40 45 M 4

RNDr 6 6,0 4,900 63–400–03 1,7 0,4 125 73 1 1 5 100 45 45 M 4

RNDr 8 8,0 3,660 63–400–04 1,9 0,6 125 73 1 1 5 100 45 45 M 4

RNDr 10 10,0 2,940 63–400–05 2,8 0,6 125 83 1 1 5 100 55 50 M 4

RNDr 13 13,0 2,260 63–400–06 3,0 0,8 125 83 1 1 5 100 55 50 M 4

RNDr 16 16,0 1,840 63–400–07 3,4 0,9 155 76 140 130 56 45 M 6

RNDr 20 20,0 1,470 63–400–08 3,7 1,2 155 76 140 130 56 40 M 6

RNDr 25 25,0 1 , 180 63–400–09 5,1 1,2 155 91 140 130 71 46 M 6

RNDr 30 30,0 0,980 63–400–10 5,4 1,5 155 91 140 130 71 46 M 6

RNDr 40 40,0 0,740 63–400–11 6,8 2,7 190 85 160 170 57 43 M 6

RNDr 50 50,0 0,590 63–400–12 8,2 2,7 190 95 160 170 67 48 M 6

RNDr 60 60,0 0,490 63–400–13 9,8 3,1 190 105 160 170 77 53 M 6

RNDr 80 80,0 0,370 63–400–14 13,0 3,5 210 117 180 175 97 59 M 6

RNDr 90 90,0 0,330 63–400–15 14,0 4,0 240 121 210 190 95 61 M 8

RNDr 100 100,0 0,290 63–400–16 16,0 4,3 240 131 210 190 105 66 M 8

RNDr 120 120,0 0,250 63–400–17 18,0 5,9 240 131 210 190 105 66 M 8

RNDr 140 140,0 0,210 63–400–18 22,0 7,5 240 141 210 190 115 115 M 8

RNDr 160 160,0 0,1 84 63–400–19 25,0 7,7 240 151 210 190 125 120 M 8

RNDr 180 180,0 0,163 63–400–20 29,0 8,5 265 152 228 215 126 125 M 8

RNDr 200 200,0 0, 147 63–400–21 30,0 10,0 265 152 228 215 126 135 M 8

delivery: on short noticeSubject to technical modifications

F_TEIL_041018.qxd 19.10.2004 10:36 Seite 6

The German Armed Forces establish safety. On the ground, in thewater and in the air the German Armed Forces strive for routinehandling of newest equipment. Manufacturers of such equipmentare bound by a great many safety directives and regulations. Un-compromising quality safeguard and function control are a matterof course – a good reason to choose Riedel products.

GProduct groupCopyright: Bundeswehr/Riedel

PTC: PTC resistorSW: screening foil

G 1/2

Design:

Terminal set-up andwiring diagram:

Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separate win-dings, sturdy mounting brackets. Connection to non-tracking transformer ter-minals with screw connection. The terminals are protected against finger touchor contact with the back of the hand in compliance to accident prevention regu-lations (VBG 4).

Necessary settings for display resp. report of warm-up and isolation monitoringare protruded.

IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23, insulation class E,max. ambient temperature ta 40°C. Other type of protection and manufacturecomp. to other norms available on request.

R-MEDSingle-phase isolating transformersRMED-E 3.15-8.0 comp. DIN VDE 0570 part 2-15, EN 61558-2-15

Model Power Rated pri: 400 V Copper Total Approx. dimensions in mmcurrent sec: 230 V (115/0/115V) weight weight

single-phase kVA A Article-no. kg kg a b c d e Attachment

RMED-E 3.15 3,15 13,7 0212-RMed-E3.15 7,6 28,0 200 147 262 124 119 M 10

RMED-E 4.0 4,0 17,4 0212-RMed- E4.0 9,2 31,0 200 162 262 124 134 M 10

RMED-E 5.0 5,0 21,7 0212-RMed- E5.0 12,9 38,5 200 173 262 124 145 M 10

RMED-E 6.3 6,3 27,4 0212-RMed- E6.3 16,8 48,0 240 168 360 144 140 M 10

RMED-E 8.0 8,0 34,8 0212-RMed- E8.0 20,7 57,0 240 183 360 144 155 M 10

Model Power Rated pri: 230 V Copper Total Approx. dimensions in mmcurrent sec: 230 V (115/0/115V) weight weight

single-phase kVA A Article-no. kg kg a b c d e Attachment

RMED-E 3.15 3,15 13,7 0211-RMed-E3.15 7,6 28,0 200 147 262 124 119 M 10

RMED-E 4.0 4,0 17,4 0211-RMed- E4.0 9,2 31,0 200 162 262 124 134 M 10

RMED-E 5.0 5,0 21,7 0211-RMed- E5.0 12,9 38,5 200 173 262 124 145 M 10

RMED-E 6.3 6,3 27,4 0211-RMed- E6.3 16,8 48,0 240 168 360 144 140 M 10

RMED-E 8.0 8,0 34,8 0211-RMed- E8.0 20,7 57,0 240 183 360 144 155 M 10

Delivery time: on short notice

*RMED-E6.3 and above: terminals mounted on head angles

G_TEIL_041019.qxd 19.10.2004 10:30 Seite 2

G 1/3

Design:

Terminal set-up andwiring diagram:

Open frame, stationary, for installation and set-up in dry rooms, separate win-dings, sturdy mounting brackets. Connection to non-tracking transformer ter-minals with screw connection. The terminals are protected against finger touchor contact with the back of the hand in compliance to accident prevention regu-lations (VBG 4).

Necessary settings for display resp. report of warm-up and isolation monitoringare protruded.

IP 00, suitable for installation up to protection rating IP 23, insulation class E,max. ambient temperature ta 40°C. Other type of protection and manufacturecomp. to other norms available on request.

R-MEDThree-phase isolating transformersRMED-D 3.15-8.0 comp. DIN VDE 0570 part 2-15, EN 61558-2-15

Model Power Rated pri: 3x400 V Copper Total Approx. dimensions in mmcurrent sec: 3x230 V weight weight

three-phase kVA A Article-no. kg kg a b c d e Attachment

RMED-D 3.15 3,15 7,9 0213-RMed-D3.15 11 ,3 31 ,2 300 140 260 224 94 M 8

RMED-D 4.0 4,0 10,0 0213-RMed-D4.0 12,2 36,6 300 153 260 224 108 M 8

RMED-D 5.0 5,0 12,5 0213-RMed-D5.0 12,6 41 , 1 300 165 260 224 120 M 8

RMED-D 6.3 6,3 15,8 0213-RMed-D6.3 16,4 51,3 336 150 290 248 127 M 8

RMED-D 8.0 8,0 20,1 0213-RMed-D8.0 20,2 62,5 336 170 290 248 144 M 8

Delivery time: on short notice

PTC: PTC resistorSW: screening foil

G_TEIL_041019.qxd 19.10.2004 10:30 Seite 3

G 1/4

Design:

Model RG 601-701

Model RG 801

Portable housings series RG 601 - RG 801 are made of robust and impact resi-stant glass-fibre reinforced polyester resin. The housings are specially desi-gned for application with electric units. They are self extinguishing and not hy-groscopic. A neoprene seal fitted between cover and housing assures ade-quate tightness. Tests in water depths of 1 m showed that no moisture pene-trated for 8 consecutive days.

Temperature resistance: -32°C up to 220°C.

The housings are designed in IP 67 and available in colors blue, red and yellow(please state in order). Other colors on request.

The housings can be fitted with boreholes and cutouts according to drawing ata surcharge.

Portable plastic housingsfor the electrical industryRG 601 - RG 801

Model Article no. Total

Approx. dimensions in mmweight

+ state color kg a b c a1 b1 c1 a2 b2 c2 density

RG 601 RG 601 1,1 1 156 150 176 166 166 219 148 140 160 3,0

RG 701 RG 701 1,76 176 176 217 192 192 259 169 169 205 3,0

RG 801 RG 801 4,16 240 250 280 310 265 – 210 210 248 4,0

G_TEIL_041019.qxd 19.10.2004 10:30 Seite 4

G 1/5

Transformer housings with cable gland

Model L B H E E 1 H 1 H 2 Model L B H E E 1 H 1 H 2Article no. Article no.

RG 0 120 95 90 70 35 10 3 RG 3 180 180 190 100 50 10 6

RG 1 140 110 110 80 40 10 6 RG 4 250 220 190 120 60 12,5 7

RG 2 180 180 150 100 50 10 6 RG 4a 310 220 190 120 60 12,5 7

Material: St. 1203 Plastic-coated color RAL 7032: flint stone grey unpolished

Size 1 and above available with handle

Cutout forcable gland

Bottomsize 00 - size 3

Bottomsize 4 - size 4a

Base plate

Extra holes on request

rubber heels

hole forcable glandacc. order

hole forcable glandacc. order

G_TEIL_041019.qxd 19.10.2004 10:30 Seite 5

G 1/6

Transformer housings for wall mounting

Model L L 1 B B 1 H H 1Article no.

RG 5 a 125 127 118 124 75 79

RG 5 b 200 202 118 124 75 79

RG 5 c 125 127 118 124 100 104

RG 5 d 200 202 118 124 100 104

RG 8 a 250 252 160 166 100 104

RG 8 b 250 252 160 166 140 144

RG 10 300 302 220 226 150 154


Punched holes on request only.

G_TEIL_041019.qxd 19.10.2004 10:30 Seite 6

Transformer housings for wall mounting with punched holes for cable gland

ModelArticle no. L L1 B B1 H H1 E E1 D PG

RG 11 202 199 152 149 122 13 70 50 4,5 13,5

RG 12 202 199 152 149 155 13 70 50 4,5 13,5

RG 13 303 299 222 218 190 13 110 50 5,5 13,5

RG 14 382 379 302 298 220 13 110 60 6,5 16

RG 15 500 498 350 348 272 13 180 95 6,5 16


Housing bottom

G 1/7

Housing top

G_TEIL_041019.qxd 19.10.2004 10:30 Seite 7

Transformer housings sizes 20 - 29

Fixing bracketsModel A A1 B C for wall mountingArticle no. ca. mm ca. mm ca. mm ca. mm Article no.

RG 20 94 1 1 8 90 1 1 0 WG 20RG 21 1 1 4 138 1 1 0 130 WG 2 1RG 22 134 158 130 150 WG 22RG 23 174 198 160 200 WG 23RG 24 224 248 180 180 WG 24RG 25 274 298 220 220 WG 25RG 26 334 358 250 300 WG 26RG 27 374 398 280 280 WG 27RG 28 454 478 350 300 WG 28RG 29 534 558 380 300 WG 29


G 1/8

Housing top also available without air slits

Floor housing

Floor housing

Wall housing

M4 thread set

Rubber heels riveted

RG 20-24

RG 25-29

RG 20-29

G_TEIL_041019.qxd 19.10.2004 10:30 Seite 8

G 1/9

Extra sizes on request

Housing kit without air slits

Model Material L L 1 B B 1 H U U 1 U 2Article no.

RG 110 UI 180 520 460 460 400 480 500 460 289 –137UI 210

RG 120 UI 240 580 520 510 450 560 550 510 349 –197

RG 130 3 UI 150 580 520 400 340 420 440 400 349 –1973 UI 168

RG 140 3 UI 180 640 580 460 400 480 500 460 409 – 2573 UI 210

RG 150 3 UI 240 740 680 510 450 560 550 510 509 – 357

RG 160 –– 825 765 590 530 620 630 590 616 –332

RG 170 –– 1020 960 720 660 690 760 720 812 –428

RG 180 –– 1120 1060 820 760 800 860 820 891 – 407

RG 190 –– 1310 1250 820 760 1250 860 820 1081 – 497


Housing kit

M6 thread

with earthing screws

Housing backremovable

Housing frontremovable

Angle for cable gland

U-angle yellow chromedAngle for cable gland

cage nuts adjustable

Transformermounting

Housing frame

M8 thread


Available in:IP 20 - without lattice hole sheet metalIP 23 - with lattice hole sheet metalIP 44 - with closed base plateIP 54 - with closed base plate and hollow

section sealMaterial: EPDM quality - self-sealing

G_TEIL_041019.qxd 19.10.2004 10:30 Seite 9

G 1/10

Housing kit with air slits

Model Model L L 1 B B 1 H U U 1 U 2Article no.

RG 210 –– 720 660 550 490 620 590 550 470 – 406

RG 220 –– 810 750 460 400 800 500 460 512 – 448

RG 230 –– 910 850 610 550 730 650 610 590 – 518

RG 240 –– 1060 1000 560 500 1000 600 560 632 – 568

RG 250 –– 1260 1200 760 700 1100 800 760 812 – 748


Extra sizes on requestHousing kit

M6 thread

with earthing screws

Housing backremovable

Housing frontremovable


U-angle yellow chromedAngle for cable gland

cage nuts adjustable

Transformermounting

Housing frame

M8 thread


Available in:IP 20 - without lattice hole sheet metalIP 23 - with lattice hole sheet metalIP 44 - with closed base plateIP 54 - with closed base plate and hollow section seal Material: EPDM quality - self-sealing

G_TEIL_041019.qxd 19.10.2004 10:30 Seite 10

G 1/11

Riedel floor housing in IP 23

Floor housing for transformers without holes for cable glands

M6 thread set

Model Totalweight A C A1 B1 C1 A2 B2 A3 x B3 Mounting

Article no. kg app. mm app. mm app. mm app. mm app. mm app. mm app. mm app. mm Floor

RG 300 26 340 400 380 380 500 360 360 320 x 300 Ø 13

RG 310 36 410 500 450 450 600 430 430 390 x 370 Ø 13

RG 320 56 560 600 600 600 700 580 580 540 x 520 Ø 13

Material: St. 1203 Color RAL 7032: flint stone grey unpolished

Available on request at a surcharge:- holes for cable glands acc. customer data- cable glands acc. customer data- other colors, for example RAL 6011/9001

G_TEIL_041019.qxd 19.10.2004 10:30 Seite 11

G 1/12

Apart from our standard stock program we design and manufacture custommade specials. We assist to realize your ideas until initial operation and docu-mentation has been reached.

Following some examples of power supply and testing

Custom makes

Stationary and mobile testsystems, operation and controlmanually or via PLC

A.C. and D.C. sources, infinitelyvariable for exampleA.C. or D.C. 0 - 8000 A,A.C. or D.C. 0 - 5000 V.

Picture on the right: infinitelyvariable D.C. source 500A withresidual ripple < 20mV

G_TEIL_041019.qxd 19.10.2004 10:30 Seite 12

G 1/13

Model Height Width Depth Locks Total weight

Article no. mm mm mm Quantity kg

RGS315 300 200 150 1 3,5

RGS302 300 150 1 4,5

RGS303 300 200 1 5,0

RGS312 400 150 1 6,0

RGS317 400 300 150 1 6,0

RGS318 300 200 1 6,5

RGS319 400 200 1 8,0

RGS331 600 200 1 13,0

RGS332 600 250 1 13,5

RGS321 500 300 200 1 9,0

RGS323 400 200 1 11,5

RGS324 400 250 1 12,0

RGS322 500 200 1 13,0

RGS325 500 250 1 14,5

RGS326 600 400 200 3P 13,5

RGS327 400 250 3P 14,0

RGS328 600 200 3P 18,0

RGS329 600 250 3P 19,5

RGS330 600 300 3P 21,0

RGS339 600 400 3P 23,0

RGS337 800 300 3P 30,5

RGS335 700 500 250 3P 19,5

RGS343 800 600 200 3P 27,5

RGS356 600 250 3P 29,0

RGS357 600 300 3P 31,0

RGS344 600 400 3P 34,5

RGS345 800 250 3P 39,8

RGS346 800 300 3P 41,8

RGS347* 1000 300 3P 50,5

RGS354 1000 600 250 3P 38,5

RGS359 600 400 3P 44,0

RGS360 800 250 3P 48,5

RGS361 800 300 3P 50,5

RGS362 800 400 3P 55,0

RGS363* 1000 300 3P 65,0

RGS370 1000 300 3P 66,0

RGS366* 1200 300 3P 77,5

RGS364 1200 800 300 3P 63,0

RGS367 800 400 3P 68,0

RGS365* 1000 300 3P 76,0

RGS371 1000 300 3P 77,5

Delivery time: on short notice Subject to technical modifications

Cabinet with galvanized, pre-assembled board, wall mounting (with accessories also floor setup), structured andpowder-coated surface, 100% polyester, tone RAL 7032,Protection IP66 (IP55 for *2-door cabinets), safety against mechanical damage IK10, door easy to unhinge withleft hinge (right on request), 3 mm double bit lock, earthing screw M6x16 on door and cabinet body, pre-embos-sed cable gland plates (on top for floor cabinet)

Custom makes: on request different tone, cable glands, earthing strips, transformer and accessories installed,special labelling, safety- and other locks

Universal steel cabinets RGS(setup wall or floor)

Standard cabinet

Custom make

Custom make

Pedestal (100 mm U-sectional steel) re-inforced heavy-duty base plate for floor setup

Article no. Cabinet depth Article no. floor space Article no. floor space Article no. floor space

RGSO200 200 RGSP420 400x200 RGSP525 500x250 RGSP830 800x300




* 2-door cabinets

G_TEIL_041019.qxd 19.10.2004 10:30 Seite 13

G 1/14

Delivery time: on short notice Subject to technical modifications

RESBE and RESBD

Transient pulses may occur when switching-on energy consumers. Transient pulses cause undesired triggering of fuseelements. In such cases inrush current limiters are optimal for selective fusing.

Following we state typical energy consumers featuring high inrush currents resp. starting currents.

Inrush current limiterssingle and three-phase

ConsumerTypical

Inrush / RatedCurrent

TypicalInrush- resp.Start-up time

Currentabating

Transformers 1)

Dynamo sheet core 0,5mmgrain-oriented sheetToroidal core transformer

10-18 fold15-25 fold30-50 fold

10-40 ms rapid

Rectifier incl. filtercapacitors 2) 10-40 fold 5-40 ms rapid

Contactors 3-10 fold 10-40 ms rapid

Magnet valves etc. 10-20 fold 0,05-0,2 s rapid to slow

Filament lamp 10-15 fold ca. 0,3 s slow

1) Depending on frequency and transformer design (induction). Deviations are possible.2) Depending on total capacity, connections and network impedance. Deviations are possible.

Commercial fuses and circuit breakers may be used when applying our inrush current limiters series RESBE andRESBD.Series RESBE and RESBD are part of our patent application "Inrush current limit including time controlled second swit-ching element".To eliminate bridging current rush the load on-period should be higher than the effective inrush current limit. If this is notthe case we recommend option "release output" for loads with release input resp. remote input / output.

ELECTRICAL DATARESBE

230V 4ARESBE

230V 10ARESBE

230V 16ARESBE

115V 16ARESBE

400V 16ARESBE

208V 16ARESBD

400V 16ARESBD

208V 16ARated voltage UratedVoltage range Umin-UmaxFrequencyOvervoltage protectionRated current maxHighest transient pulse typ.(@ Ta=25°C/Umax)Highest transient pulse typ.(@ Ta=60°C/Umax)Efficiency current limit Maximum switching rateStatus reports

AC 230VAC 195-264V

45-65 Hzvaristor

4A< 8A < 5ms

< 18A < 5ms

< 1s30 1/h

LED green

AC 230VAC 195-264V

45-65 Hzvaristor

10A< 18A < 5ms

< 56A < 5ms

< 1s30 1/h

LED green

AC 230VAC 195-264V

45-65 Hzvaristor

16A< 36A < 5ms

< 104A < 5ms

< 1s30 1/h

LED green

AC 115VAC 85-132V

45-65 Hzvaristor

16A< 18A < 5ms

< 53A < 5ms

< 1s30 1/h

LED green

AC 400VAC 340-460V

45-65 Hzvaristor

16A< 32A < 5ms

< 96A < 5ms

< 1s30 1/h

LED green

AC 208VAC 176-240V

45-65 Hzvaristor

16A< 32A < 5ms

< 96A < 5ms

< 1s30 1/h

LED green

3AC 400V3AC 340-460V

45-65 Hzvaristors

16A< 32A < 5ms

< 96A < 5ms

< 1s30 1/h

LED green

3AC 208V3AC 176-240V

45-65 Hzvaristors

16A< 17A < 5ms

< 44A < 5ms

< 1s30 1/h

LED green

OPERATION DATAProtection class comp. EN 60529Ambient temperatureStorage temperatureCooling

IP 200 to 60°C

-25 to +85 °Cnatural

convection

IP 200 to 60°C


convection

IP 200 to 60°C


convection

IP 200 to 60°C


convection

IP 200 to 60°C


convection

IP 200 to 60°C


convection

IP 200 to 60°C


convection

IP 200 to 60°C


convection

MECHANICS

Connection inputconnector 0,2-4mm²Connection outputconnector 0,2-4mm²Fitting on DIN-railcomp. DIN EN 50022Installation positionWeight without / withcounterplugMeasurements in mm withcounterplug (W x H x D)Measurements in mm withoutcounterplug (W x H x D)

L1-N

T1-T

ja

any225g / 250g

51 x 105 x 127

51 x 105 x 113

L1-N

T1-T

ja

any215g / 240g

51 x 105 x 127

51 x 105 x 113

L1-N

T1-T

ja

any215g / 240g

51 x 105 x 127

51 x 105 x 113

L1-N

T1-T

ja

any215g / 240g

51 x 105 x 127

51 x 105 x 113

L1-L2

T1-T2

ja

any225g / 250g

51 x 105 x 127

51 x 105 x 113

L1-L2

T1-T2

ja

any215g / 240g

51 x 105 x 127

51 x 105 x 113

L1-L2-L3

T1-T2-T3

ja

any235g / 260g

51 x 105 x 127

51 x 105 x 113

L1-L2-L3

T1-T2-T3

ja

any235g / 260g

51 x 105 x 127

51 x 105 x 113

OPTIONS (at a surcharge)

Release-outputto switch-on loadConnection releaseconnector 0,14-2mm²Other voltagesOther frequenciesOther currentsOther highest transient pulsesEfficiency, adjustable prior to delivery

3-30VDC

+/-

yes16²/³-400 Hz

yesyes

0,2-1 s

3-30VDC

+/-

yes16²/³-400 Hz

yesyes

0,2-1 s

3-30VDC

+/-

yes16²/³-400 Hz

yesyes

0,2-1 s

3-30VDC

+/-

yes16²/³-400 Hz

yesyes

0,2-1 s

3-30VDC

+/-

yes16²/³-400 Hz

yesyes

0,4-1 s

3-30VDC

+/-

yes16²/³-400 Hz

yesyes

0,2-1 s

3-30VDC

+/-

yes16²/³-400 Hz

yesyes

0,4-1 s

3-30VDC

+/-

yes16²/³-400 Hz

yesyes

0,3-1 s

G_TEIL_041019.qxd 19.10.2004 10:30 Seite 14

Michael Riedel

2004

Transformatorenbau GmbH

Tra

nsf

orm

ato

ren

ba

u G

mb

H

Michael RiedelTransformatorenbau GmbHMax-Eyth-Straße 10 · D-74532 Ilshofen-Eckartshausen

Telefon (0 79 04) 7 04-0 · Fax (0 79 04) 7 04 50www.riedel-trafobau.de · [email protected]

rd/q

f/09.

04/2

000

Wi

r

ha

be

n

da

s

Kn

ow

-h

ow

f

ür

Q

ua

li

tä

t

Wi

r

ha

be

n

da

s

Kn

ow

-h

ow

f

ür

Q

ua

li

tä

t

Pro

duk

tion:

ww

w.q

uerf

orm

at.in

fo

2004

Michael Riedel d/qf/09.04/2000 Wir haben das Know-how für ...1/2 In general The stated technical...

Documents

Transcript of Michael Riedel d/qf/09.04/2000 Wir haben das Know-how für ...1/2 In general The stated technical...